0% found this document useful (0 votes)

251 views

Manual Workcenter 3315

Manual Xerox 3315

Uploaded by

emanuel_schon

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

251 views

Manual Workcenter 3315

Manual Xerox 3315

Uploaded by

emanuel_schon

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 264

Version 1.

0
December 2011

Xerox WorkCentre
3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

2011 Xerox Corporation. XEROX and XEROX and Design are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
Document Version 1.0: December 2011

Table of Contents
1

Getting Started
Machine Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Powering on the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Control Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Loading Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Loading Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Media Output Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Machine Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
General Care and Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Further Assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Copy
Copy Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Layout Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Media Output Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Scan
Scanning Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scan Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scan Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scan Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scan Using TWAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scan Using WIA Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Macintosh Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linux Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46
47
53
55
56
57
58
60

E-mail
E-mail Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-mail Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Smart Key Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32
36
39
43

64
68
70
71

Fax
Fax Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Fax Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Using Fax Send Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Fax Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Using Secure Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fax from PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiving Faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

83
85
86
90
91

Print
Printing using Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Wireless Setting Program
(WorkCentre 3325DNI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SetIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Printing using Macintosh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Printing using Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Printing using Unix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

USB Port
Inserting the USB Memory Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Scanning to USB Memory Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Printing from USB Memory Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Managing USB Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

CentreWare Internet Services

Using CentreWare Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Paper and Media

Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Setting Paper Size and Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Media Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

10 Machine Status and Setups

Machine Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Machine Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Toner Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Information Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Feature Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Print Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Local Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

11 General Care and Troubleshooting

General Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Further Assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

12 Specifications
Machine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Feature Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

13 Safety
Notices and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Safety Labels and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Operational Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Basic Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Copy Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Fax Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Material Safety Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Product Recycling and Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Energy Program Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Index

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Getting Started

This chapter includes:

Machine Overview on page 8
Powering on the Machine on page 11
Control Panel Overview on page 12
Software on page 16
Loading Paper on page 18
Loading Documents on page 22
Media Output Locations on page 23
Machine Status on page 25
General Care and Consumables on page 29
Further Assistance on page 30

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Overview

Machine Overview
Before you use your machine, take some time to familiarize yourself with the various features and
options.

Front View
1
1
1

2
2
2

17
17

14
14

18
18

4
44

13
13
12
12

15
15

11
11

5
55
66

10
10

19
19

16
16

77
7

8
8
8

Automatic Document Feeder Cover

Bypass Tray

Automatic Document Feeder Width Guides

Output Tray

Automatic Document Feeder Input Tray

Control Panel

Automatic Document Feeder Output Tray

Bypass Tray Extension

Front Cover

Bypass Tray Width Guides

Control Board Cover

Output Tray Support

Handle

Document Glass Cover

Paper Level Indicator

Document Glass

Paper Tray 2 (Optional)

USB Memory Device Port

Paper Tray 1

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Overview

Rear View

8
11
21

10
7

52
63
9
6
7
4

Network Port

Rear Door

Power Switch

Paper Tray Rear Cover

Power Receptacle

Telephone Line Socket

Duplex Unit

Extension Telephone Socket

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Overview

Product Configurations
WorkCentre
3325DNI

WorkCentre
3325DN

WorkCentre
3315DN

Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (50

sheets)

Standard

Not Applicable

Automatic Document Feeder (50 sheets)

Not Applicable

Standard

Paper Tray 1 (250 sheets)

Standard

Bypass Tray (50 sheets)

Standard

Paper Tray 2 (520 sheets)

Optional

Copy

Standard

Scan to SMB and FTP

Standard

Not Applicable

Network Printing

Standard

E-mail

Standard

Scan

Standard

Scan To and Print From USB

Standard

Embedded Fax

Standard

USB Memory Device Port

Standard

Memory Expansion (Option)

512MB

256MB

Mass Storage Device (HDD)

2GB

Not applicable

Standard

Not Applicable

Component

Wireless Enabled

Note: The internal Mass Storage Device (HDD) is used on the WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI
models to support Secure Print, Delayed Print, Proof Print, Spooling of Scan to FTP/SMB jobs and
Stored Jobs, and to provide an increased capacity for downloaded fonts.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Powering on the Machine

The On/Off switch and the power cable socket are at the rear of the machine.
1. Connect the AC Power Cord 1 to the machine and a
power outlet. The power cord must be plugged into a
grounded power socket.
2. Press the ON/OFF 2 switch to the ON (I) position.
2

Power Save

This machine contains advanced energy conservation

technology that reduces power consumption when it is not in
active use.
When the printer does not receive data for an extended
period of time, the Power Save mode becomes active and power consumption is automatically
lowered.
Press the Power Save button to select the Power Save mode immediately.
To restore the machine to a normal state, press any button.
Note: When in Power Save mode, the machine will not recognize when a USB Memory Device is
inserted into the USB port. Press any button to restore the machine to a normal state and reinsert
the USB Memory Device into the port.

Powering off the Machine

There are two ways to switch the machine off:
Press the ON/OFF switch to the (O) position.
Press the Power Save button and select Power Down and then OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Control Panel Overview

1
2

12 15

13 16

22
.com

21
23

3
4

14
24
19

Copy: Activates Copy mode.

Scan: Activates Scan mode.

E-mail: Activates E-mail mode.

Fax: Activates Fax mode.

Display Screen: Displays all the available programming features, plus general machine
information.

Status / Wireless LED: The color of the LEDs indicates the machines current status. For
more information refer to Status / Wireless LED on page 190. (3325DNI only)

Paper Supply: Used to select a paper tray for the Copy job.

2 Sided: Used to select whether your originals are 1 sided or 2 sided, or to produce 1 or 2
sided output.

Job Status: Displays job options for active and saved jobs. You can print or delete active
jobs or saved jobs.

Machine Status: Accesses machine information, status information, the machine serial
number and various reports to print.

11
12

Menu: Enters Menu Mode and enables you to access options and settings.
Arrows: The up/down and left/right arrows are used to scroll through the options available
in the selected menu, and to increase or decrease values.
OK: Confirms the selection on the screen.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Control Panel Overview

Back: Used to go back one level in the menu.

Address Book: Used to search for stored fax numbers or e-mail addresses.

17
18

19
20

21
22

Manual Dial + .com: In Fax mode, opens the fax line. In E-mail mode provides access to
commonly used e-mail address text, for example .com or .org. The text available can be
customized using CentreWare Internet Services.
Keypad: Used to enter alphanumeric characters.
Pause / Redial: In standby mode redials the last number. In edit mode inserts a pause into
a fax number.
C Cancel Entry: Cancels the previous entry made on the keypad.
Interrupt Printing: Interrupts the current job to run a more urgent job.
(Not applicable to the 3315DN)
Clear All: Clears the last selections made.
Power Save: Sends the machine into Power Save mode or Power Down. Press the button
again to restart a powered off machine.
Stop: Pressing the Stop button stops the job in progress. Pressing Stop also exits the Menu
Mode. If you have logged in to use the machine, pressing Stop will bring up the Log Out
option.
Start: Activates a job.

Using the Keypad

As you perform various tasks, you may need to enter names and numbers. For example, when you set
up your machine, you enter your name or your companys name, and the fax number. When you store
fax numbers or e-mail addresses in memory, you may also enter the corresponding names.
1. When you are prompted to enter a letter, locate
the button labeled with the character you want.
Press the button until the correct letter appears
on the display.
.com
For example, to enter the letter O, press 6,
labeled with MNO.
Each time you press 6, the display shows a
different letter, M, N, O, m, n, o and finally 6.
2. You can enter special characters, such as @ / . & +
-. Refer to Keypad Characters on page 14.
3. To enter additional letters, repeat step 1. If the next letter is printed on the same button wait 2
seconds between presses, or move the cursor by pressing the right arrow and then press the button
again. The cursor will move to the right and the next letter will appear on the display.
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

Control Panel Overview

If you make a mistake while entering a number or name, press the left arrow to delete the last
digit or character. Then enter the correct number or character.
When you have finished entering all characters, press OK.

Keypad Characters
Key

Assigned Numbers, Letters or Characters

@/.1

ABCabc2

DEFdef3

GHIghi4

JKLjkl5

MNOmno6

PQRSpqrs7

TUVtuv8

WXYZwxyz9

&+-,0_

Inserting a Pause
With some telephone systems, you must dial an
access code (9, for example) and listen for a second
dial tone. In such cases, you must insert a pause in the
telephone number. You can insert a pause while you
are setting up speed dial numbers.
To insert a pause, press Pause / Redial at the
appropriate place while entering the telephone
number. A dash [ - ] appears on the display at the
corresponding ___location.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Control Panel Overview

Menu Overview
The control panel provides access to various menus. These menus can be accessed by pressing the
appropriate service button e.g. Copy, Scan, E-mail or Fax and the Menu button or by inserting a USB
device. The menu options available are as follows:

Copy Menu

Original Size
Reduce/Enlarge
Lighten/Darken
Contrast
Original Type
Layout
Background
Suppression
Margin Shift
Edge Erase

Insert USB
Device
Menu
USB
Options:

Print
From USB
Scan To
USB
Manage
Files
Available
Space

Scan
Menu

E-mail
Menu

Scan To:

USB
Local PC
Network
PC
SMB
FTP
WSD

Scan
Features:

USB
Feature
FTP
Feature
SMB
Feature

Original
Size
Original
Type
Resolution
Output
Color
Lighten /
Darken
Contrast

Fax Menu

Lighten /
Darken
Contrast
Resolution
Original
Size
Multi Send
Delay Send
Priority
Send
Forward
Secure
Receive

Job
Status
Menu

Machine
Status Menu

Machine
Information
Toner Level
Information
Pages
Feature
Defaults
Print Setup
Fax Setup
System
Setup
Network
Settings
Local Drive

Active
Jobs
Saved
Jobs

Note: Some menu options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and
whether the machine is in the Ready state. Also, for some services such as E-mail and Fax,
additional selections or setups may be required before the Menu options can be accessed.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Software

Software
After you have set up your machine and connected it to your computer, you must install the printer
and scanner software. The software required for Windows or Macintosh is supplied on the CD delivered
with your machine, additional software can be downloaded from www.xerox.com. The following
software is available:
CD

Printer
Software

Windows

Contents
Printer Driver: Use the printer driver to take full advantage of your
printers features. PCL6, Postscript and XPS drivers are provided.
MFP PC Fax: Use to fax directly from your PC.
Scanner Driver: TWAIN and Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) drivers
are available for scanning documents on your machine.
Xerox Scan Assistant: Used to adjust scan settings and start the
scanning process directly from your computer. The preview window
allows you to view the scan and make adjustments as necessary and
preferred settings can be preserved as favorites and added to a
pre-defined list.
Xerox Easy Print Manager (EPM): Conveniently combines access to
device settings, printing/scanning environments, settings/actions, Scan
to PC, Fax to PC, and launching applications such as Xerox Scan
Assistant and CentreWare Internet Services in one ___location.
Note: Login is required to change Printer Settings.
Wireless Setting Program: When installing the WorkCentre 3325DNI
you can use the Wireless Setting program that was automatically
installed with the printer driver to configure the wireless settings.
SetIP program: A utility program allowing you to select a network
interface and manually configure the addresses for use with the TCP/IP
protocol.

Printer
Software

Linux

Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printers
features.
Scanner Driver: A SANE driver is available for scanning documents on
your machine.
Note: Linux software is available on xerox.com only.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Software

CD
Printer
Software

OS
Unix

Contents
Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printers
features.
Note: Unix software is available on xerox.com only.

Printer
Software CD

Macintosh

Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printers
features.
Scanner Driver: A TWAIN driver is available for scanning documents on
your machine.
SetIP program: A utility program allowing you to select a network
interface and manually configure the addresses for use with the TCP/IP
protocol.
Smart Panel: This utility enables remote management, displaying toner
levels, printer status, and problem alerts.
Scan and Fax Manager: This utility allows you to configure MFP PC Fax
and Scan settings.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Loading Paper

Loading Paper
Paper Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional)
The paper level indicator on the front of trays 1 and 2 shows
the amount of paper currently left in the tray. When the tray
is empty, the indicator is completely lowered as shown in the
illustration: 1 shows full, 2 shows empty. Paper tray 1
can hold up to 250 sheets and paper tray 2 (optional) can
hold up to 520 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m2) paper. For more
media specifications, refer to Media Specifications on
page 227.

1
1

To load the paper:

1. Pull out the paper tray and load paper into the tray, print
side down. Do not fill above the Maximum Fill line
indicated by the symbol
.

Slide the paper length guide until it lightly touches the

end of the paper stack.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Loading Paper

4.
5.

Position the side guide by squeezing the lever and sliding

it towards the stack of paper, until it gently touches the
side of the stack.
Insert the paper tray into the machine.
After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size
and type using the control panel. Press OK to confirm the
settings or Stop to change the settings. These settings
will apply to Copy and Fax modes.
When printing from your computer, ensure you press the
Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,
color and type. Not confirming the paper details may
result in printing delays. For information about setting
the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.
Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the
control panel.

For more information on loading paper, refer to Paper and Media on page 143.

Bypass Tray
The bypass tray is located on the front of your machine. It can be closed when not in use, making the
product more compact. Use the bypass tray to print transparencies, labels, envelopes or postcards in
addition to making quick runs of paper types or sizes that are not currently loaded in the main paper
tray.
The bypass tray can hold a maximum of 50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m) bond paper, 5 transparency
sheets or 5 envelopes.
1. Lower the bypass tray 1 and unfold the paper support
extension 2 .
2. Prepare a stack of paper for loading by flexing or fanning
it back and forth. Straighten the edges on a level surface.
Remove any curl on postcards, envelopes and labels
before loading them into the bypass tray.
2
When using the bypass tray for special media it may be
necessary to use the rear door for the output. For further
information refer to Media Output Locations on page 23.
3. Load the print material between the width guides with
the print side facing up.
Note: Hold transparencies by the edges and avoid
touching the print side.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Loading Paper

Adjust the paper guide to the width of the stack of print

material. Ensure you have not loaded too much print
media. The stack should be below the Maximum Fill line
indicated by the symbol
.
When printing from your computer, ensure you press the
Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,
color and type. Not confirming the paper details may
result in printing delays. For information about setting
the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your

computer override the settings on the control panel.
6.

After printing, remove any unfed paper and close the

bypass tray.

Duplex Unit
The duplex unit is preset to either Letter size or A4 depending on your country. To change the size of
the duplex unit, follow the instructions below.
1. Pull the duplex unit out of the machine.

Adjust the guides to match the size of paper you will be

using.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Loading Paper

Insert the duplex unit back into the machine, aligning

the edges of the unit with the feed grooves on the inside
of the machine. Make sure the duplex unit is fully pushed
in.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Loading Documents

Loading Documents
Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m) thickness.
1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray
of the automatic document feeder with the top of the
document to the left of the tray.
2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the
document.

Document Glass
The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and
magazines.
1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single
documents face down on the document glass aligned
with the rear left corner.
2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11 or A4. For other
sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer
to Copy Options on page 36 for further information.
Note: Documents are only scanned once even when
several copies are selected.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Media Output Locations

The machine has two output locations:
Output tray (face down) 1 up to a maximum of 150
sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m) paper.

Rear door (face up)

one sheet at a time.

The machine sends output to the output tray by default. If special media such as envelopes print out
with wrinkles, curl, creases or black bold lines, the rear door should be used for the output. Open the
rear door and keep it open while printing one sheet at a time.
Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door
open will cause paper jams.

Using the Output Tray

The output tray collects printed paper face down, in the order in which the sheets were printed. The
output tray should be used for most jobs. When the output tray is full, a message displays on the
control panel.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Media Output Locations

To use the output tray, make sure that the rear door is closed.
Notes:

If paper coming out of the output tray has problems, such as excessive curl, try printing
to the rear door.
To reduce paper jams, do not open or close the rear door while the printer is printing.

Using the Rear Door

When using the rear door, paper comes out of the machine
face up. Printing from the bypass tray to the rear door
provides a straight paper path and might improve the output
quality when printing on special media. Whenever the rear
door is open, the output is delivered there.
Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex
jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door open will cause
paper jams.
CAUTION: The fuser area inside the rear door of your
machine becomes very hot when in use. Take care when
you access this area.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Status

Machine Status
The Machine Status button provides information about the machine and access to the machine
setups. After your machine is installed, it is recommended that the settings and options are customized
by the System Administrator to fully meet the requirements of the Users. Access to these options is
usually password protected. Please discuss your requirements with your System or Machine
Administrator to ensure you get optimum performance from your machine.
The Machine Status options include machine information, toner level, information pages, feature
defaults, system setups and network settings. These options are described below.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Machine Information
Use this option to access the following information:
Model
Printer Name
DNS Name
IP Address
IPv6 Address
Serial Number
Activation Date
Billing Counters

Toner Level
Use this option to check the level of toner in the print cartridge. The toner level is indicated on the
status bar.

Information Pages
This option allows the user to print the following reports:
Report

Description

Menu Map

Prints the menu map which shows the layout and current settings of this
machine.

All Reports

This option enables you to print all the reports and information pages.

Configuration

This report provides information about your machine setup, including

the serial number, IP Address, installed options and the software
version.

Demo Page

The demo page is printed to check the quality of the print.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Status

Report

Description

Supplies Info

Prints the supplies information page.

Address Book

This list shows all of the Fax and E-mail addresses currently stored in the
machines memory.

Fax Send

This report shows the fax number, the number of pages, the elapsed
time of the job, the communication mode, and the communication
results for a particular Fax job.
Note: You can set up your machine to automatically print a Send Report
after each Fax job. (See Fax Setup on page 166.)

Fax Sent

This report shows information on the faxes you have recently sent.
Note: You can set the machine to automatically print this report every
50 communications. (See Auto Report on page 169.)

E-mail Sent

This report shows information on the e-mails you have recently sent.

Fax Received

This report shows information on the faxes you have recently received.

Scheduled Job

This list shows the documents currently stored for delayed faxing along
with the start time and type of each operation.

Junk Fax

This list shows the fax numbers specified as junk fax numbers. To add or
delete numbers, access the Junk Fax Setup menu. (See Fax Setup on
page 166.)

Network Configuration

This list shows information about your machines network connection

and configuration.

User Auth.

This list shows users who are authorized to use the e-mail function.

PCL Font

Prints the PCL font list.

PS Font

Prints the PS font list.

EPSON Font

Prints the EPSON font list.

Stored Jobs

Prints jobs currently stored on the optional memory or HDD within the
machine.

Completed Jobs

Prints a list of completed jobs.

Net User Auth.

Prints users and their IDs who logged into the Domain.

Usage Counter

This list shows the number of impressions made on the machine. The list
includes:
Total Impressions
Black Impressions
Maint. Impressions
Sheets
2 Sided Sheets

Fax Options

Prints fax setup information.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Status

Feature Defaults
Your machine provides default settings for Copy, Scan, E-mail and Fax so that you can quickly and
easily make selections for your job. The default selections can be changed by selecting the Machine
Status button on the control panel and the down arrow to select Feature Defaults. A password may be
required to access and change the System Setup settings.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Copy Defaults
The default selections for the Copy options including Original size, Quantity, Collation, Reduce/Enlarge,
Lighten/Darken, Contrast and Original Type can be set to those most frequently used. When you copy a
document, the default settings are used unless they have been changed for the current job. Once the
current job is complete the settings return to the default settings. A password may be required to
access and change the default settings.

Scan Defaults
The default selections for the Scan options including Original Size, Original Type, Resolution, Output
Color, File Format, Lighten/Darken and Contrast, can be set to those most frequently used for the Scan
to USB, Scan to FTP and Scan to SMB options. When you scan a document, the default settings are
used unless they have been changed for the current job. A password may be required to access and
change the default settings.

E-mail Defaults
The default selections for the E-mail options, including Original Size, Original Type, Resolution, Output
Color, File Format, Lighten/Darken and Contrast can be set to those most frequently used. When you
e-mail a document, the default settings are used unless they have been changed for the current job.
Once the current job is complete the settings return to the default settings. A password may be
required to access and change the default settings.

Fax Setup
Your machine provides you with various user-selectable options for setting up the fax system. You can
change the default settings for your preferences and needs. Receiving and Sending settings can be
customized. A password may be required to access and change the Fax Setup settings.

Print Setup
You can change the default settings for various options within the print environment to meet your
preferences and needs. A password may be required to access and change the Print Setup settings.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Status

System Setup
System Setup options enable you to customize settings which are specific to the machine, such as Date
& Time and Power Save. A password may be required to access and change the System Setup settings.

Local Drive (WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI only)

Enables a ___location on the machines hard drive to be set up for stored scan, print and fax jobs.
Note: For full instructions on accessing and customizing the machine settings, refer to Machine
Status and Setups on page 153.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

General Care and Consumables

There is only one customer replaceable consumable in the machine, the print cartridge.To place an
order for Xerox consumables, please contact your local Xerox Representative giving your Company
Name, product number and the machine serial number. Supplies can also be ordered from
www.xerox.com, refer to Support on page 142 for further information.
The machine serial number can be displayed by pressing the Machine Status button, then highlighting
Machine Information and pressing OK. For further information about locating the serial number,
please refer to Locating the Serial Number on page 223.

Print Cartridge
To avoid print quality problems resulting from worn parts and
to maintain your machine in top working condition, the print
cartridge will need to be replaced after printing the specified
number of pages or when the life span of the cartridge has
expired.
The machine will display a message when the print cartridge
needs to be replaced. Only replace the cartridge when a
message instructs you to do so or when instructed by a Xerox
representative. To replace the print cartridge, follow the
instructions provided within this guide or with the
consumable.
To replace the print cartridge, refer to General Care and
Troubleshooting on page 183. To purchase a new print
cartridge, contact your local Xerox representative or authorized dealer. Supplies can also be ordered
from www.xerox.com, refer to Support on page 142 for further information.

Cleaning Tasks
Performing regular cleaning activities ensures the machine is kept free of dust and debris. The machine
covers, control panel and automatic document feeder should all be cleaned using a soft lint-free cloth,
lightly dampened with water. Xerox Cleaning Fluid or Anti-Static Cleaner can be used to clean the
document glass, but must be applied using a cloth and not poured directly on the document glass.
Remove any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.
For further information on maintenance tasks, refer to General Care and Troubleshooting on page 183.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Further Assistance

Further Assistance
For any additional help visit our customer web site at www.xerox.com or contact the Xerox Support
Center quoting the machine serial number.

Xerox Support Center

If a fault cannot be resolved by following the display instructions, check Error Messages on page 200. If
the difficulty persists, contact the Xerox Support Center. The Xerox Support Center will want to know
the nature of the problem, the machine serial number, the fault code (if any) plus the name and
___location of your company.
For information about locating the serial number, please refer to Locating the Serial Number on
page 223.

Documentation
Most answers to your questions will be provided by the documentation that is supplied on CD with the
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI. Alternatively you can access the documents from
www.xerox.com/support.
Install Guide - contains information about installing the machine.
Quick Use Guide - provides basic information on how to use the machine.
User Guide (this document) - contains instructions and information about all the features on the
machine.
System Administration Guide - provides detailed instructions and information about connecting
your machine to the network and installing optional features.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Copy

This chapter includes:

Copy Procedure on page 32
Copy Options on page 36
Using the Layout Options on page 39
Media Output Locations on page 43

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Copy Procedure

Copy Procedure
This section describes the basic procedure for making copies:
Loading Documents on page 32
Select the Features on page 33
Enter the Quantity on page 34
Start the Job on page 34
Check the Job Status on page 35
Stop the Copy Job on page 35
If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an
account, or for more information, contact your System Administrator.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Loading Documents
Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Copy Procedure

Select the Features

Various features can be selected for your Copy job. The paper and 2 sided options are selected from
buttons on the control panel. Additional Copy options are available through the Menu button. Once
you have made a selection, press Back to return to the Ready screen.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.
1.
2.

Press the Copy button on the control panel.

Press the Paper Supply button on the control
panel:
Auto Select: With this option selected, the
machine chooses the correct paper for the
Copy job based on the size of the originals
being scanned.
Tray 1: Use this option to select the paper
loaded in Tray 1.
Tray 2: Use this option to select the paper loaded in Tray 2.
Note: Tray 1 can hold 250 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m) paper and the optional tray 2 can hold 520
sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m) paper. Weight ranges from 16 - 43 lbs bond (60 - 163 g/m). Sizes range
from 105 x 148 mm to 216 x 356 mm (A6 to Legal).

Bypass Tray: Use this option when feeding individual types of stock, for example letterhead
or labels for one-off jobs.

Note: The bypass tray holds up to 50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m) paper or up to 5 transparency
sheets or up to 5 envelopes. Weight ranges from 16 - 58 lbs bond (60 - 220 g/m). Sizes range from
76 x 127 mm (custom) to 216 x 356 mm (Legal).
Select the Paper Supply option required using the up/down arrows and press OK.
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

Copy Procedure

For more information, refer to Paper and Media on page 143.

Press the 2 Sided button on the control panel. Two-sided copies can be made automatically from
one or two-sided originals:

1 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals when 1 sided copies are required.

2 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals when 2 sided copies are required.

1 2 Sided, Rotate Side 2: This option produces 2 sided copies from 1 sided originals and
rotates 180 degrees every second side image. Use this option to create documents which can
be read in a head to toe manner, for example a calendar.

2 Sided: Use this option for 2 sided originals when 2 sided copies are required.

1 Sided: Use this option for 2 sided originals when 1 sided copies are required.

2 1 Sided, Rotate Side 2: This option produces 1 sided copies from 2 sided originals and
rotates 180 degrees every second side image. The read orientation for this option varies
depending on the input originals. For example, if head to head orientation originals are
scanned, the output will be head to toe. If head to toe orientation originals are scanned,
the output produced will be head to head.
Select the 2 Sided option required using the up/down arrows and press OK.

Note: Not all the 2 sided options are available on the WorkCentre 3315DN.
4.

Additional Copy options are available through the Menu button. For information about
programming additional options, refer to Copy Options on page 36.

Enter the Quantity

The maximum copy quantity is 999.

Use the keypad on the control panel to enter the number of copies required. The number entered
is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the display.
Note: To cancel an incorrect entry, press the C button and enter the correct quantity.

Start the Job

1.
2.

Press the Start button. Each document is scanned only once.

If using the document glass to scan 2 sided originals, the machine displays a message when ready
to scan side 2. Continue scanning until all sides have been scanned.
The images are scanned and the Copy job is printed.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Copy Procedure

Check the Job Status

1.
2.

Press the Job Status button on the control panel

to display job status information.
A list of Active Jobs or Saved Jobs is displayed.
Select your job using the up/down arrows and
press OK.
The following Job Options are available:
For active jobs:
Release
Cancel
For saved jobs:
Print
Delete

Interrupt the Copy Job

To interrupt the active Copy job so that a more urgent job can take priority:
1. Press the Job Interrupt button on the control panel.
2. Remove the active job originals from the automatic document feeder or from the document glass.
3. Program the priority job.
4. Place the originals for the priority job on the document glass or in the automatic document feeder.
5. Press Start.
6. When the priority job is complete, press the Job Interrupt button again.
7. Replace the originals from the first job and press start. The interrupted job will resume copying.

Stop the Copy Job

Follow the steps below to cancel an active Copy job.
1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.
Follow the steps below to cancel a queued Copy job.
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.
2. Use the up/down arrows and select the job required, press OK.
3. Select Delete and OK.
4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Copy Options

Copy Options
Your machine provides the following options to customize your Copy jobs. Use the Menu button to
access the options. For information about changing the default Copy settings, refer to Feature Defaults
on page 159.
Notes:

Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

If you press Stop while setting the Copy options, all of the options you have set for the
current Copy job will be canceled and return to their default status after the machine
completes the Copy job in progress.

Feature

Description

Options

Original Size

Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be
scanned.

Reduce/Enlarge

Originals can be reduced

or enlarged between 25%
and 400% when using the
document glass, or from
25% to 100% when using
the automatic document
feeder.

100 %: Produces an image on the copies the same size

as the image on the original.
Variable %: Use the keypad or the up/down arrows to
enter the percentage required.
Auto Fit: Reduces or enlarges the image on the copies
based on the size of the original and the size of the
selected output paper.
Presets: The most commonly used reduce/enlarge
percentages have been provided as preset options.
These preset options can be customized by your
System or Machine Administrator to meet individual
needs.

Lighten/Darken

Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to

the lightest setting of Lighten +5; works well with dark
print.
Normal: Works well with standard typed or printed
originals.
Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in increments
to the darkest setting of Darken +5; works well with
light print.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

A4
A5
B5
Letter
Legal
Executive
Folio
Oficio

Copy Options

Feature

Description

Options

Contrast

Increases or decreases the

contrast between light and
dark areas of the image.

Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to

the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.
Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.
More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments
up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.

Original Type

The Original Type setting is

used to improve the image
quality by selecting the
document type for the
originals.

Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and
photographs.
Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

Layout

This option is used to copy

multiple documents onto
one sheet of paper, copy
from book originals, create
booklet output and
produce documents which
can be pasted together to
make a poster.

Normal: Select this option to match the layout of the

originals.
2 Up: This feature is used to copy two documents, in a
reduced size, onto one sheet of paper.
4 Up: This feature is used to copy four documents, in a
reduced size, onto one sheet of paper.
ID Card Copy: The machine prints one side of the
original on the upper half of the paper and the other
side on the lower half without reducing the size of the
original.
Poster Copy: Your original will be divided into 9
portions. You can paste the printed pages together to
make one poster-sized document.
Clone Copy: The machine prints multiple original
images onto a single page. The number of images is
automatically determined by the machine based on
the original size and the paper size.
Book Copy: Use when copying bound documents and
books.
Booklet Creation: This allows you to print your
document on both sides of the paper and arranges
the pages so that the paper can be folded in half after
printing to produce a booklet.
Refer to Using the Layout Options on page 39 for
instructions.

Background
Suppression

Use to automatically
reduce or eliminate the
dark background resulting
from scanning colored
paper or newspaper
originals.

Off: Select if Background Suppression is not required.

Auto: Select to automatically eliminate background.
Enhance: Levels 1 to 4: Suppresses the background
color in increments, level 4 representing the greatest
amount of background elimination.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Copy Options

Feature

Description

Options

Margin Shift

Allows you to shift the

image on the page by a
specified amount.

Off: Select if Margin Shift is not required.

Auto Center: Automatically copies the image in the
center of the page. This feature is only available when
you place originals on the document glass.
Custom Margin: Use the numeric keypad to enter the
left, right, top or bottom margin amount from
0 to 20 mm.

Edge Erase

Allows you to erase spots,

drill holes, fold creases and
staple marks along any of
the four edges of a
document.

Off: Select if Edge Erase is not required.

Small Original: erases the edge of the original if it is
small. This feature is only available when you place
originals on the document glass.
Hole Punch: Erases the marks from book binding
holes.
Book Center: Erases the middle part of the page to
eliminate the dark vertical marks reproduced when
you copy a book. This feature is only available when
you place originals on the document glass.
Border Erase: Use the numeric keypad to enter the
left, right, top or bottom amount of margin to erase.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using the Layout Options

This option is used to copy multiple documents onto one sheet of paper, copy from book originals,
create booklet output and produce documents which can be pasted together to make a poster.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

2 Up or 4 Up Copying
2

Note: Originals must be loaded in the automatic

document feeder when using this feature.
1.
2.
3.
4.

This feature is used to copy two or more documents, in a

reduced size, onto one sheet of paper. It is ideal for creating
handouts, storyboards or documents used for archival
purposes.

Press Copy on the control panel.

Press Menu on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press OK.
Select the option required:
Normal: Copies an original onto one sheet of paper.
2 Up: Copies two separate originals onto one sheet of paper.
4 Up: Copies four separate originals onto one sheet of paper.

Note: For landscape originals, place the top of the document at the back of the feeder. For portrait
originals, place the top of the document to the left.
5.
6.

Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.
Load originals and press Start.

ID Card Copy
The machine prints one side of the original on the upper half
of the paper and the other side on the lower half without
reducing the size of the original. This feature is helpful for
copying a small-sized item, such as a business card.
Note: This Copy feature is available only when you place
originals on the document glass. If the original is larger
than the printable area, some portions may not be
printed.
Your machine can print 2 sided originals on one sheet of A4, Letter, Legal, Folio, Executive, B5, A5, or A6
paper.
1. Press Copy on the control panel.
2. Press Menu on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using the Layout Options

4.
5.
6.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight ID Card Copy and press OK.
Press Menu to return to the top level menu.
Place the front side of the original face down on the
document glass, aligned with the tip of the registration
arrow and close the automatic document feeder.
Press Start.
Place Front Side Press OK appears on the display. Press
OK on the control panel.
Your machine begins scanning the front side and shows
Place Rear Side Press Start.

Turn the original over and place the rear side of the
original face down on the document glass and close the
automatic document feeder.

Press Start on the control panel to begin copying.

Book Copy
This feature enables you to specify which page or pages of a
book are to be scanned. The book original is placed face down
B A
on the document glass with the spine of the book lined up
with the book marker.
1. Press Copy on the control panel.
2. Press Menu on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press
OK.
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Book Copy and
press OK.
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option
required:
Off: Use to deactivate the feature.
Left Page Only: Use to scan and copy the left page of a bound document.
Right Page Only: Use to scan and copy the right page of a bound document.
Both Pages: Use to scan and copy both pages of a bound document. The left page of the
book will be scanned first.
6. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.
7. Place the book original face down on the document glass with the spine of the book lined up with
the book marker at the center of the rear edge of the document glass.
8. Press Start.
B A

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using the Layout Options

If another page requires scanning, select Yes to add another page. Place the book with the new
page to be scanned on the document glass, select the Copy option required and press OK.
When you have finished scanning all the pages required, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

Booklet Creation
This allows you to print your document on both sides of the
paper and arranges the pages so that the paper can be folded
in half after printing to produce a booklet.
1. Insert the documents neatly into the automatic
document feeder, face up. The first page should be on
top with the headings towards the left of the machine.
Note: The originals must be loaded in the automatic
document feeder to enable the Booklet Creation feature
to be selected.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Press Copy on the control panel.

Press Menu on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Booklet Creation and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight 1 Sided Originals or 2 Sided Originals and press OK.
Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.
Load originals and press Start.

Poster Copy
Your original will be divided into 9 portions. You can paste the
printed pages together to make one poster-sized document.
Note: This Copy feature is available only when you place
originals on the document glass.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Press Copy on the control panel.

Press Menu on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press
OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Poster Copy and press OK.
Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.
Load originals and press Start.

Each portion is scanned and printed one by one.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using the Layout Options

Clone Copy
The machine prints multiple original images on a single page.
The number of images is automatically determined by the
original image and the paper size.
Note: This Copy feature is available only when you place
originals on the document glass.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Press Copy on the control panel.

Press Menu on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press
OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Clone Copy and press OK.
Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.
Load originals and press Start.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Media Output Locations

The machine has two output locations:
Output tray (face down) 1 up to a maximum of 150
sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m) paper.

Rear door (face up)

one sheet at a time.

The machine sends output to the output tray by default. If special media such as envelopes print out
with wrinkles, curl, creases or black bold lines, the rear door should be used for the output. Open the rear
door and keep it open while printing one sheet at a time.
Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door
open will cause paper jams.

Using the Output Tray

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Media Output Locations

To use the output tray, make sure that the rear door is closed.
Notes:

If paper coming out of the output tray has problems, such as excessive curl, try printing
to the rear door.
To reduce paper jams, do not open or close the rear door while the printer is printing.

Using the Rear Door

When using the rear door, paper comes out of the machine
face up. Printing from the bypass tray to the rear door
provides a straight paper path and might improve the output
quality when printing on envelopes or special media.
Whenever the rear door is open, the output is delivered there.
Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex
jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door open will cause
paper jams.
CAUTION: The fuser area inside the rear door of your
machine becomes very hot when in use. Take care when
you access this area.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan

This chapter includes:

Scanning Overview on page 46
Scan Procedure on page 47
Scan Options on page 53
Scan Assistant on page 55
Scan Using TWAIN on page 56
Scan Using WIA Driver on page 57
Macintosh Scanning on page 58
Linux Scanning on page 60

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scanning Overview

Scanning Overview
Scanning with your machine lets you turn pictures and text into digital files that can be stored on your
computer or sent to a repository. Your machine can scan via USB or network to a PC or server, as well as
directly to a USB memory device. The following filing options are available for Scan:
USB: Using this option, you can scan an image to a USB Memory Device inserted into the USB
Memory Device port.
Local PC: This option can be used if the machine is connected to a PC via a USB cable. For
Windows scanning, the Easy Printer Manager must be installed on your PC prior to use. For
Macintosh scanning, the Scan and Fax Manager must be installed.
Network PC: Using this option the scanned data will be stored to a networked PC. For Windows,
the Easy Printer Manager must be installed on your PC prior to use. For Macintosh scanning, the
Scan and Fax Manager must be installed.
SMB: Using this option, you can scan an image and upload it to a shared folder on an SMB server.
FTP: Using this option, you can scan an image and upload it to an FTP server.
WSD: Using this option you can scan to applications or computers that support Microsoft's Web
Services for Devices.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.
For instructions on setting up and configuring the Scan function, refer to the System Administrator
Guide.

Scanning Methods
Your machine offers the following ways to scan an image using a local connection:
TWAIN: TWAIN drivers handle the communication between computer software and the scanning
device. This feature can be used via a local connection or a network connection.
Refer to Scan Using TWAIN on page 56.
WIA (Windows Image Acquisition): To use this feature your computer must be connected to the
machine via a USB cable.
Refer to Scan Using WIA Driver on page 57.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Procedure

Scan Procedure
Using Scan, an electronic file can be created from a hard copy original. The electronic file can be
scanned in color or black and white depending on the Color option selected. The file can then be sent
to a specified destination.
This section describes the basic procedure for scanning:
Loading Documents on page 47
Select the Scan Destination on page 48
Select the Features on page 50
Start the Job on page 51
Check the Job Status on page 51
Stop the Job on page 52
If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an
account, or for more information, contact the System Administrator.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and the Scan
features and destination selected.

Loading Documents
Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Procedure

Document Glass
The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and
magazines.
1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single
documents face down on the document glass aligned
with the rear left corner.
2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11 or A4. For other
sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer
to Scan Options on page 53 for further information.
Note: Documents are only scanned once even when
several copies are selected.

Select the Scan Destination

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Scan to USB
1.
2.

Load the documents to be scanned either face down on the document glass or face up into the
automatic document feeder.
Insert a USB Memory Device into the USB memory port on your machine. The USB menu
automatically displays.
Note: When in Power Save mode, the machine will not recognize when a USB Memory Device is
inserted into the USB port. Press any button to restore the machine to a normal state and reinsert
the USB Memory Device into the port.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan to USB and press OK.

Scan to Local PC
To use Scan to Local PC, the machine must be connected to your PC or workstation via a USB cable. The
scan driver must be installed on your PC prior to use. For instructions, refer to the System Administrator
Guide.
1. Press Scan on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Local PC.
3. Press OK. If you see the Not Available message, check the port connection and/or setup.
4. Press the up/down arrows until the scan destination you want highlights and press OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Procedure

Scan to Network PC from Control Panel

Make sure that your machine is connected to a network. Make sure the machine has been configured
using the Xerox Scan Assistant utility and the scan driver has been installed. For instructions, refer to
the System Administrator guide.
1. Press Scan on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Network PC.
3. Press OK. If you see the Not Available message, check the connection and/or setup.
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Login ID you want and press OK.
5. If necessary, enter the password using the keypad and press OK.
6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Scan Destination you want and press OK.
7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Resolution you want and press OK.
8. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Color option you want and press OK.
9. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.
Note: You can also use the Xerox Scan Assistant to scan documents directly from your PC. Refer to
Scan Assistant on page 55.

Scan to SMB
Make sure that your machine is connected to a network. Make sure the machine has been configured
using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System Administrator guide for instructions.
1. Press Scan on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight SMB and press OK.
3. If required, press the 2 Sided button and Menu button to select the Scan settings. Refer to Select
the Features on page 50.
4. Press OK.
5. If Authentication is enabled, enter your Login ID and, if required, your password.
6. Press the up/down arrows until the server you want highlights and press OK.
7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.

Scan to FTP
Make sure that your machine is connected to a network. Make sure the machine has been configured
using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System Administrator guide for instructions.
1. Press Scan on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight FTP and press OK.
3. If required press the 2 Sided button and Menu button to select the Scan settings. Refer to Select
the Features on page 50.
4. Press OK.
5. If Authentication is enabled, enter your Login ID and, if required, your password.
6. Press the up/down arrows until the server you want highlights and press OK.
7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Procedure

Scan to WSD
Using this option you can scan to applications or computers that support Microsoft's Web Services for
Devices.
1. Press Scan on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight WSD and press OK.
3. If required press the 2 Sided button and Menu button to select the Scan settings. Refer to Select
the Features on page 50.
4. Press OK.
5. Press the up/down arrows until the destination you want highlights and press OK.
6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.

Scan to Local Drive

Using this option you can scan documents to the machines hard drive, and print scanned documents
from the machine hard drive. Folders within the Local Drive are created within CentreWare Internet
Services by the System Administrator. Refer to the System Administrator Guide for more information.
To scan a document to the Local Drive:
1. Press Scan on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan to Local Drive and press OK. The Search ID screen
will appear.
3. Select your required folder on the Local Drive. The Default Public folder appears and any other
folders that were created within the Internet Services Jobs > Local Drive page.
4. Select the features from the Scan to Local Drive menu.

Select the Features

Various features can be selected for your Scan job when the machine is in Ready mode.
Note: Some of the following options may be unavailable depending on your machine
configuration and the scan method selected.
Once you have made a selection, press Back to return to the Ready screen.
1. Press the 2 Sided button on the control panel. The following 2 Sided options are available:

1 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals.

1 Sided: Use this option for 2 sided originals.

2 1 Sided, Rotated: Use this option for 2 sided originals which have the second side
rotated. This option will rotate the second side image 180 degrees.
Select the 2 Sided option required using the up/down arrows and press OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Procedure

The following features are available through the Menu button for Scan to USB, Scan to FTP and
Scan to SMB.
Original Size

Use to set the size of the image being scanned.

Original Type

Used to improve the image quality by selecting the document type for
the originals.

Resolution

Sets the image resolution. A higher resolution increases the file size.

Output Color

Sets the color mode of the scanned image.

File Format

Sets the file format of the saved image.

Lighten/Darken

Provides manual control to adjust the lightness or darkness of the

scanned images.

Contrast

Use to increase or decrease the contrast between black and white

images.

Press the up/down arrows until the feature you want highlights and press OK. Select the setting
required and press OK.
For information about each of the options refer to Scan Options on page 53.

Start the Job

1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the Start button.

If using the document glass to scan 2 sided originals, the machine displays a message when ready
to scan side 2. Continue scanning until all sides have been scanned.
Your machine begins scanning the original, and then asks if you want to scan another page.
To scan another page, press the left/right arrows to highlight Yes and press OK. Load an original
and press Start. Otherwise, press the left/right arrows to highlight No and press OK.
The images are scanned and sent to the destination selected.

Check the Job Status

1.
2.

Press the Job Status button on the control panel

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Procedure

Stop the Job

Follow the steps below to cancel an active Scan job.
1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.
Follow the steps below to cancel a queued Scan job.
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.
2. Use the up/down arrows to select the job required, press OK.
3. Select Delete and OK.
4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Options

Scan Options
Your machine provides the following options to customize your Scan jobs. Use the Menu button to
access the options. For information about changing the default Scan settings, refer to Scan Defaults on
page 161.
Note: Some of the following options may be unavailable depending on your machine
configuration and the scan method selected.
Feature

Description

Options

Original Size

Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be
scanned.

A4
A5
B5
Letter
Legal
Executive
Folio
Oficio

Original Type

The Original Type setting is

used to improve the image
quality by selecting the
document type for the
originals.

Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and
photographs.
Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

Resolution

Resolution affects the

appearance of the
scanned image. A higher
resolution produces a
better quality image. A
lower resolution reduces
communication time when
sending the file over the
network.

300 dpi: Recommended for high quality text

documents that are to pass through OCR applications.
Also recommended for high quality line art or medium
quality photos and graphics. This is the default
resolution and the best choice in most cases.
200 dpi: Recommended for average quality text
documents and line art. Does not produce the best
image quality for photos and graphics.
100 dpi: Recommended for lower quality text
documents or if a smaller file size is required.

Output Color

Select Output Color to

produce black and white,
grayscale or color output.

Color: Use to select color output from your original.

Grayscale: Use if output is to be in shades of gray.
Black and White: Use to select black and white
output regardless of the color of your original.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Options

Feature

Description

Options

File Format

File Format determines the

type of file created and
can be temporarily
changed for the current
job. Select the file format
you wish to use for your
scanned image.

PDF (Portable Document Format): Allows recipients

with the right software to view, print or edit the
electronic file, no matter what their computer
platform.
Single-TIFF (Tagged Image File Format): Produces a
graphic file that can be opened by a variety of graphic
software packages across a variety of computer
platforms. A separate file is produced for each image
scanned.
Multi Page TIFF: Produces a single TIFF file
containing several pages of scanned images. More
specialized software is required to open this type of
file format.
JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group): Produces
a compressed graphic file that can be opened by a
variety of graphic software packages across a variety
of computer platforms. A separate file is produced for
each image scanned.
BMP: A simple bitmapped graphics format. (Scan to
USB option only.)

Lighten/Darken

Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to

Contrast

Increases or decreases the

contrast between light and
dark areas of the image.

Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to

the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.
Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.
More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments
up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Assistant

Scan Assistant
The Scan Assistant is a Xerox utility that is automatically installed with the your Xerox Printer Driver. It
provides an interface to select a scanner and to adjust Scan settings and start the scanning process
directly from your computer. Using the preview window allows you to view the scan and make
adjustments as necessary using the easy access buttons on the left of the preview window. Preferred
settings can be preserved as favorites and added to a pre-defined list.
For information about using the Scan Assistant, refer to the Xerox WorkCentre
3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI Utilities Guide available on Xerox.com.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Using TWAIN

If you want to scan documents using other software, you will need to use TWAIN compliant software,
such as Adobe Photoshop. Follow the steps below to scan with TWAIN compliant software.
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.
2. Install the TWAIN driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.
3. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on
the document glass.
4. Open an application, such as Adobe Photoshop.
5. Open the TWAIN window and set the scan options.
6. Scan and save your scanned image.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scan Using WIA Driver

Your machine also supports the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) driver for scanning images. WIA is
one of the standard components provided by Microsoft Windows and works with digital cameras and
scanners.
Note: The WIA driver works only on Windows XP/Vista/7.0 with a USB port.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.
Install the WIA driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.
Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on
the document glass.
Scan the originals using the following instructions:
Windows XP
a. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Scanners and Cameras.
b. Double click your scanner driver icon. The Scanner and Camera Wizard appears. Select Next.
c. Set the options in the Choose scanning preferences window. Select Next.
d. Enter a picture name, and select a file format and destination to save the picture.
e. Select Next to scan your originals.
f. Select Next and Finish to view the images.
Windows Vista
a. From the Start menu select Control Panel > Scanners and Cameras.
b. Double click Scan a document or picture. The Windows Fax and Scan application appears.
You can select View scanners and cameras to view the scanners.
c. If there is no Scan a document or picture instruction visible, open the MS Paint program and
from the File menu click From Scanner or Camera... .
d. Select New Scan. The scan driver displays. Choose your scanning preferences.
e. Select Scan.
Windows 7
a. From the Start menu select Control Panel > Devices and Printers.
b. Click the right mouse button on the device driver icon in Printers and Faxes > Start Scan.
New Scan application appears.
c. Choose your scanning preferences.
d. Select Scan.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Macintosh Scanning

Macintosh Scanning
You can scan documents using Image Capture on Macintosh systems.

Scanning with USB Connection

Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer via the USB cable and powered on. Install
the scan driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.
1. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on
the document glass.
2. Start Applications and click Image Capture.
If the No Image Capture device connected message appears, disconnect the USB cable and
reconnect it. If the problem continues, refer to the Image Capture help option to resolve the
problem.
3. Select the device required.
4. Set the scan options on this program.
5. Scan and save your scanned image.
For more information about using Image Capture, use the Image Capture help option.
Use TWAIN-compliant software to apply more scan options. You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant
software, such as Adobe Photoshop. Scan processes differ according to the TWAIN-compliant software
being used. Please refer to the User Guide supplied with the software for instructions.
If scanning does not operate in Image Capture, update Mac OS to the latest version. Image Capture
operates correctly in Mac OS X 10.3.9 or higher, and Mac OS X 10.4.7 or higher.

Scanning from a Network Connected Machine

Make sure that the machine and your workstation are powered on and connected to the network.
Install the scan driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.
1. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on
the document glass.
2. Start Applications and click Image Capture.
3. Depending on the Mac OS version, follow the steps below.
For 10.4-10.5:
Click Devices then Browse Devices from the Menu bar.
Select your machine in the Twain devices option. Make sure that the Use TWAIN
software checkbox is checked.
Click Connect.
If a warning message appears, click Change Port... to select the port, or if TWAIN UI appears,
click Change Port... from the Preference tab and select a new port.
For 10.6, select your device below SHARED.
4. Set the scan options on this program.
58

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Macintosh Scanning

Scan and save your scanned image.

If scanning does not operate in Image Capture, update Mac OS to the latest version. Image Capture
operates correctly in Mac OS X 10.4.7 or higher.
For more information about using Image Capture, use the Image Capture help option.
You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant software, such as Adobe Photoshop. Scan processes differ
according to the TWAIN-compliant software being used. Please refer to the User Guide supplied with
the software for instructions.

Using Scan and Fax Manager

Use the Scan and Fax Manager program to check the installed scan drivers condition, to change scan
settings and to add or delete document folders for storing scanned documents. To use the Scan and
Fax Manager program:
1. Select /Applications/Xerox and run Scan and Fax Manager.
2. Select the appropriate device in Scan and Fax Manager.
3. Select Properties.
4. Use the Set Scan button to change the file destination or scan settings, to add or delete
application programs and to format files. You can change the scanning device by using Change
Port (Local or Network).
5. Select OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Linux Scanning

Linux Scanning
You can scan a document using the Unified Driver Configurator window. Make sure that the machine is
powered on and connected to your computer via USB cable, or connected to the network. Install the
scan driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.

Scanning
1.

Double-click the Unified Driver Configurator on your desktop.

Click the

Select the scanner in the list.

If you use only one machine device and it is connected to the computer and turned on, your
scanner appears in the list and is automatically selected.
If you have two or more scanners connected to your computer, you can select any scanner to
work at any time. For example, while acquisition is in progress on the first scanner, you may
select the second scanner, set the device options and start the image acquisition
simultaneously.
Click Properties.
Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on
the document glass.
From the Scanner Properties window, click Preview.
The document is scanned and the image preview appears in the Preview Pane.
Drag the pointer to set the image area to be scanned in the Preview Pane.
Change the scan options in the Image Quality and Scan Area sections.
Image Quality: This option allows you to select the color composition and the scan
resolution for the image.
Scan Area: This option allows you to select the page size. The Advanced button enables you
to set the page size manually.
If you want to use one of the preset scan option settings, select the option from the Job Type
drop-down list. (See Job Type Settings on page 60.)
Click Default to restore the default setting for the scan options.
When you have finished, click Scan to start scanning.
The status bar appears on the bottom left of the window to show you the progress of the scan. To
cancel scanning, click Cancel.
The scanned image appears.
When you are finished, click Save on the toolbar.
Select the file directory where you want to save the image and enter the file name.
Click Save.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9.
10.

11.
12.
13.

button to switch to Scanners Configuration.

Job Type Settings

You can save your scan option settings for later use.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Linux Scanning

Saving a New Job Type Setting

1.
2.
3.
4.

Change the options from the Scanner Properties window.

Click Save As.
Enter the name for your setting.
Click OK.

Your setting is added to the Job Type drop-down list.

Deleting a Job Type Setting

1.
2.

Select the setting you want to delete from the Job Type drop-down list.
Click Delete.

The setting is deleted from the list.

Using the Image Manager

The Image Manager application provides you with menu commands and tools to edit your scanned
image. Use the following tools to edit the image:
Tools

Name

Function

Save

Saves the image.

Undo

Cancels your last action.

Redo

Restores the action you canceled.

Scroll

Allows you to scroll through the image.

Crop

Crops the selected image area.

Zoom Out

Zooms the image out.

Zoom In

Zooms the image in.

Scale

Allows you to scale the image size; you can enter the size manually, or
set the rate to scale proportionally, vertically, or horizontally.

Rotate

Allows you to rotate the image; you can select the number of degrees
from the drop-down list.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Linux Scanning

Tools

Name

Function

Flip

Allows you to flip the image vertically or horizontally.

Effect

Allows you to adjust the brightness or contrast of the image, or to invert

the image.

Properties

Shows the properties of the image.

For further details about the Image Manager application, refer to the on screen help.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

E-mail

E-mailing with your machine lets you turn pictures and text into digital files that can be sent to an
e-mail address. You can scan the originals and e-mail the scanned image to several destinations from
the machine by e-mail.
This chapter includes:
E-mail Procedure on page 64
E-mail Options on page 68
Address Book on page 70
Smart Key Addresses on page 71

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

E-mail Procedure

E-mail Procedure
If E-mail has been enabled, an electronic file can be created from a hard copy original. The electronic
file can be e-mailed to a specified address.
Note: Refer to the System Administrator Guide for instructions on enabling E-mail.
This section describes the basic procedure for e-mailing. Follow the steps below.
Loading Documents on page 64
Enter the E-mail Address on page 65
Select the Features on page 66
Start the Job on page 66
Check the Job Status on page 67
Stop the E-mail Job on page 67
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.
If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an
account, or for more information, contact the System Administrator.

Loading Documents
Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

E-mail Procedure

Document Glass
The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and
magazines.
1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single
documents face down on the document glass aligned
with the rear left corner.
2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11 or A4. For other
sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer
to E-mail Options on page 68 for further information.
Note: Documents are only scanned once even when
several copies are selected.

Enter the E-mail Address

4.
5.

Press the E-mail button on the control panel.

If Authentication is enabled, enter your Login ID
and Password (if required).
When Enter From Address: appears, enter the
senders e-mail address and press OK.
If Send to Myself? appears, press the left/right
arrows to highlight Yes or No and press OK.
When Enter Destination Addresses: appears,
enter the recipients e-mail address and press
OK.
Use the .com button to add commonly used
address text to the e-mail address, for
example .com or @yourdomainname.com.
Press the .com key repeatedly until the text
.com
required is displayed and press OK. The text
is added to the address. The Smart Key text
can be customized using CentreWare
Internet Services, refer to Smart Key
Addresses on page 71 for instructions.
E-mail addresses can also be added using
the Address Book, refer to Address Book on page 70 for instructions.
Press the down arrow and enter additional e-mail addresses if required and press OK.
If File Format appears, highlight the file format required and press OK.
Enter an e-mail subject and press OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

E-mail Procedure

When Ready to E-mail appears you can add or edit the recipient list, press Menu to select
additional features or press Start to scan your originals.
To add additional recipients, highlight Add Another Address and enter the address required.
To edit or delete recipients, use the up/down arrows to highlight the address requiring editing
or deleting and press OK. Use the left arrow key to delete characters and then edit the
address. To delete the address, press the down arrow key to highlight Delete and select OK.

Select the Features

Various features can be selected for your e-mail job. The most common features are selected from the
control panel. Once you have made a selection, press Back to return to the Ready screen.
1. The following features are available through the Menu button:
Note: Some of the following options may be unavailable depending on your machine
configuration.

Original Size

Use to set the size of the image being scanned.

Original Type

Used to improve the image quality by selecting the document type for
the originals.

Resolution

Sets the image resolution. A higher resolution increases the file size.

Output Color

Sets the color mode of the scanned image.

Lighten/Darken

Provides manual control to adjust the lightness or darkness of the

scanned images.

Contrast

Use to increase or decrease the contrast between black and white

images.

Press the up/down arrows until the feature you want highlights and press OK. Select the setting
required and press OK.
For information about each of the options refer to E-mail Options on page 68.

Start the Job

Press the Start button.

The images are scanned and sent to the e-mail address or addresses entered.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

E-mail Procedure

Check the Job Status

1.
2.

Press the Job Status button on the control panel

Stop the E-mail Job

Follow the steps below to cancel an active e-mail job.
1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.
Follow the steps below to cancel a queued e-mail job.
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.
2. Use the up/down arrows to select the job required, press OK.
3. Select Delete and OK.
4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

E-mail Options

E-mail Options
Your machine provides the following options to customize your E-mail jobs. Use the Menu button to
access the options. For information about changing the default E-mail settings, refer to E-mail Defaults
on page 163.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.
Feature

Description

Options

Original Size

Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be
scanned.

Original Type

The Original Type setting is

used to improve the image
quality by selecting the
document type for the
originals.

Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and
photographs.
Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

Resolution

Resolution affects the

appearance of the
scanned image. A higher
resolution produces a
better quality image. A
lower resolution reduces
communication time when
sending the file over the
network.

300 dpi: Recommended for high quality text

Output Color

Select Output Color to

produce black and white,
grayscale or color output.

Color: Use to select color output from your original.

Grayscale: Use if output is to be in shades of gray.
Black and White: Use to select black and white
output regardless of the color of your original.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

A4
A5
B5
Letter
Legal
Executive
Folio
Oficio

E-mail Options

Feature

Description

Options

File Format

File Format determines the

type of file created and
can be temporarily
changed for the current
job. Select the file format
you wish to use for your
scanned image.

Single-TIFF (Tagged Image File Format): Produces a

graphic file that can be opened by a variety of graphic
software packages across a variety of computer
platforms. A separate file is produced for each image
scanned.
Multi-TIFF: Produces a single TIFF file containing
several pages of scanned images. A more specialized
software is required to open this type of file format.
PDF (Portable Document Format): Allows recipients
with the right software to view, print or edit the
electronic file, no matter what their computer
platform.
JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group): Produces
a compressed graphic file that can be opened by a
variety of graphic software packages across a variety
of computer platforms. A separate file is produced for
each image scanned.

Lighten/Darken

Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to

Contrast

Increases or decreases the

contrast between light and
dark areas of the image.

Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to

the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.
Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.
More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments
up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Address Book

Address Book
You can use CentreWare Internet Services to set up an Address Book with the e-mail addresses you use
frequently and then easily and quickly enter e-mail addresses by selecting them from the Address Book.
Refer to the System Administrator Guide for detailed instructions on setting up an Address Book.

Searching the Address Book

There are two ways to search for an address in memory. You can either preview the entries sequentially
or search by entering the first letters of the name associated with the address.
1. Press E-mail on the control panel.
2. Enter the Sender Address (From Address) and press OK. The Enter To Addresses field appears.
3. Press the Address Book button on the control panel.
4. Enter a few letters of the name you are searching for. The machine will return matching names.
5. Press the up/down arrows until the name and address you want highlights and press OK.

Printing the Local Address Book

1.
2.
3.

Press the Machine Status button on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Information Pages and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Address Book and press OK.

Your Address Book information prints out.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Smart Key Addresses

The Smart Key addresses enable you to quickly access and select commonly used e-mail address text
from the .com button on the control panel. For example .com or @yourdomainname.com. Up to six
Smart Key addresses can be set up using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System
Administrator Guide for setup instructions.

Using Smart Key Addresses

The Smart Key addresses are selected by pressing the
.com key on the control panel.
When entering the e-mail address, press the .com key
repeatedly until the address text required is displayed
and press OK.

.com

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Smart Key Addresses

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax

This chapter includes:

Fax Procedure on page 74
Fax Options on page 78
Using Fax Send Options on page 80
Using Fax Forward on page 83
Using Secure Receive on page 85
Address Book on page 86
Fax from PC on page 90
Receiving Faxes on page 91

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Procedure

Fax Procedure
This section describes the basic procedure for sending faxes. Follow the steps below.
Loading Documents on page 74
Select the Features on page 75
Enter the Fax Number on page 76
Start the Job on page 76
Check the Job Status on page 77
Stop the Fax Job on page 77
Fax Confirmation on page 77
If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an
account, or for more information, contact the System Administrator.
Note: Refer to the System Administrator Guide for information on setting up the Fax feature.

Loading Documents
Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Procedure

Document Glass
The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and
magazines.
1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single
documents face down on the document glass aligned
with the rear left corner.
2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11 or A4. For other
sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer
to Fax Options on page 78 for further information.
Note: Documents are only scanned once even when
several copies are selected.

Select the Features

Various features can be selected for your fax job. Once you have made a selection, press Back to return
to the Ready screen.
1. The following features are available through the Menu button.
Lighten/Darken

This provides manual control to adjust the lightness or darkness of the

scanned images.

Contrast

Increases or decreases the contrast between light and dark areas of the
image.

Resolution

A higher resolution produces better quality for photos. A lower resolution

reduces communication time.

Original Size

This option allows you to specify the size of the image to be scanned.

Multi Send

You can use this feature to send a fax to multiple locations.

Delay Send

Use to set your machine to send a fax at a later time.

Priority Send

Use when a high priority fax need to be sent ahead of reserved

operations.

Forward

You can set the machine to forward a received or sent fax to another fax,
e-mail or server destination.

Secure Receive

Use to restrict printing of received faxes when the machine is

unattended.

Add Page

Use to add additional documents to a delayed fax job which is saved in

memory.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Procedure

Press the up/down arrows until the feature you want highlights and press OK. Select the setting
required and press OK.
For more information about each of the options refer to Fax Options on page 78.

Enter the Fax Number

1.
2.

Press the Fax button on the control panel.

Enter the recipients fax number by:
Keypad Dial: Use this option to enter the
number using the keypad. For instructions
refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.
Manual Dial: Allows you to get the dial tone
before entering the fax number.
Pause / Redial: Allows you to send to the
last number or list of numbers dialed. For
information about entering a Pause within the number, refer to Inserting a Pause on page 14.
Speed Dial: For a one-digit (0-9) speed dial number, press and hold the corresponding digit
button on the keypad. For a two or three-digit speed dial number, press the first digit
button(s) and then hold down the last digit button.
Address Book: Select the Address Book button to access the address book and select a
Speed Dial or Group Dial entry to add to the recipient list. Refer to Address Book on page 86
for instructions.

Start the Job

1.
2.

Press the Start button.

If using the document glass to scan 2 sided originals, the machine displays a message when ready
to scan side 2. Continue scanning until all sides have been scanned.
The machine scans the originals, dials the entered number and attempts to connect with the
remote fax machine. Once connected, the machine sends the fax job.
If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer when you send a fax, the machine
automatically redials the number every three minutes, up to seven times according to the factory
default settings.
If the display shows Retry Redial? press OK to redial the number without waiting. To cancel the
automatic redialing, press Stop.
Note: To change the time interval between redials and the number of redial attempts, refer to Fax
Setup on page 166.
To print a confirmation or error report, refer to Information Pages on page 25.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Procedure

Check the Job Status

1.
2.

Press the Job Status button on the control panel

Stop the Fax Job

Follow the steps below to cancel an active fax job.
1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.
Follow the steps below to cancel a queued fax job.
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.
2. Use the up/down arrows and select the job required, press OK.
3. Select Delete and OK.
4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.

Fax Confirmation

When the last page of your original has been sent successfully, the machine beeps and returns to
Ready mode.
If something goes wrong while sending your fax, an error message appears on the display. For a
list of error messages and their meanings, refer to Fax Problems on page 221. If you receive an
error message, press Stop to clear the message and try to send the fax again.
You can set your machine to print a confirmation report automatically each time sending a fax is
completed. For further details, refer to Fax Setup on page 166.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Options

Fax Options
Your machine provides the following options to customize your fax jobs. Use the Menu button to
access the options. For information about changing the default Fax settings, refer to Fax Setup on
page 166.
Notes:

Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

If you press Stop while setting the fax options, all of the options you have set for the
current fax job will be canceled and return to their default status after the machine
completes the job in progress.

Feature

Description

Options

Lighten/Darken

Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to

Contrast

Increases or decreases the

contrast between light and
dark areas of the image.

Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to

the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.
Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.
More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments
up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.

Resolution

Resolution affects the

appearance of the fax at
the receiving fax terminal.
A higher resolution
produces a better quality
image. A lower resolution
reduces communication
time.

Standard: Recommended for text documents. It

requires less communication time, but does not
produce the best image quality for graphics and
photos.
Fine: Recommended for line art and photos. This is
the default resolution and the best choice in most
cases.
SuperFine: Recommended for use with high quality
photos and graphics.
Photo Fax: Recommended for originals containing
shades of gray or photographs.
Color Fax: Recommended for originals with colors.
Sending a color fax is enabled only if the remote fax
machine supports color fax reception and you send
the fax manually. In this mode, memory transmission
is not available.
Note: When your machine is set to Super Fine resolution
and the remote fax machine does not support Super Fine
resolution, the machine transmits using the highest
resolution mode supported.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Options

Feature

Description

Options

Original Size

Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be
scanned.

A4
A5
B5
Letter
Executive

Multi Send

You can use the Multi Send

feature to send a fax to
multiple locations.

Fax 1: Use this option to enter the first fax number.

Fax 2: Use this option to enter the second fax number.
Another Number?: Use this option to enter additional
fax numbers.
Refer to Multi Send on page 80 for instructions.

Delay Send

You can set your machine

to send a fax at a later
time when you will not be
present.

Fax 1: Use this option to enter the first fax number.

Another Number?: Use this option to enter additional
fax numbers.
Job Name: Enter a name for the job using the keypad.
Start Time: Enter a time for the fax to be transmitted
using the keypad.
Refer to Delay Send on page 80 for instructions.

Priority Send

This function is used when

a high priority fax needs to
be sent ahead of reserved
operations.

Fax: Use this option to enter the fax number.

Job Name: Enter a name for the job using the keypad.
Refer to Priority Send on page 82 for instructions.

Forward

You can set the machine to

forward a received or sent
fax to another fax, e-mail
or server destination.

Fax: Use this option to forward a fax to another fax

number.
E-mail: Use this option to forward faxes to an e-mail
address.
Server: Use this option to forward faxes to a specified
server ___location.
Refer to Using Fax Forward on page 83 for instructions.

Secure Receive

You may need to prevent

your received faxes from
being accessed by
unauthorized people. In
Secure Receive mode, all
incoming faxes go into
memory and can be
printed by entering a
4-digit password.

On: Use this option to activate Secure Receive.

Off: Use this option to deactivate Secure Receive.
Print: Use this option to print the faxes received into
memory. If a 4-digit password was set when
activating Secure Receive, this password will be
required to print the faxes.
Refer to Using Secure Receive on page 85 for instructions.

Add Page

Use to add additional

documents to a Delayed
Fax job which is saved in
memory.

Refer to Adding Documents to a Delayed Fax on page 81

for instructions.

Cancel Job

You can cancel a Delayed

Fax job which is saved in
memory.

Refer to Canceling a Delayed Fax on page 81 for

instructions.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Fax Send Options

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Multi Send
You can use the Multi Send feature to send a fax to multiple locations. The fax is automatically stored
in memory and then transmitted from memory to the fax destinations entered. After transmission, the
job is automatically erased from memory. You cannot send a color fax using this feature.
1. Press Fax on the control panel.
2. Press Menu on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Multi Send and press OK.
4. Enter the number of the first receiving fax machine and press OK.
You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number using the Address book button. For
details, see Address Book on page 86.
Note: Once you have entered a group dial number, you cannot enter any more group dial
numbers.
5.

Enter the second fax number and press OK.

The display asks you to enter another fax number. To enter more fax numbers, press OK when Yes
is highlighted and repeat the steps. You can add up to 10 destinations.
When you have finished entering fax numbers, press the left/right arrows to select No at the
Another No.? prompt and press OK.
Load originals and press Start to start storing the scanned original data into memory.
If using the document glass to scan more than one original, select Yes to add another page. Load
another original and press OK.
When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

The machine sends the fax to the numbers you entered in the order in which you entered them.

Delay Send
You can set your machine to send a fax at a later time when you will not be present. Use this feature to
transmit faxes during off-peak hours or when sending to another country or time zone. You cannot
send a color fax using this feature.
1. Press Fax on the control panel.
2. Press Menu on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Delay Send and press OK.
4. Enter the number of the receiving fax machine and press OK.
You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number by pressing the Address book button.
For details, see Address Book on page 86.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Fax Send Options

The display asks you to enter another fax number. To enter more fax numbers, press OK when Yes
highlights and repeat the steps. You can add up to 10 destinations.
Note: Once you have entered a group dial number, you cannot enter any more group dial
numbers.

5.
6.

When you have finished entering fax numbers, press the left/right arrows to select No at the
Another No.? prompt and press OK.
Enter the Job Name you want and press OK. If you do not want to assign a name, skip this step.
For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.
Enter the time using the number keypad and press OK.
If you set a time earlier than the current time, the fax will be sent at that time on the following
day.
Load originals and press Start to start storing the scanned original data into memory.
If using the document glass to scan more than one original, select Yes to add another page. Load
another original and press OK.
When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

The machine returns to Ready mode. The display reminds you that you are in Ready mode and that a
delayed fax is set.

Adding Documents to a Delayed Fax

You can add additional documents to the Delayed Fax job which is saved in memory.
1. Load the originals to be added and select the fax settings required.
2. Press Fax on the control panel.
3. Press Menu on the control panel.
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Add Page and press OK.
5. Press the up/down arrows until the fax job you want appears and press OK.
6. Press Start.
If adding more than one original, select Yes at the Another Page? prompt. Load another original
and press OK.
When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

Canceling a Delayed Fax

You can cancel a Delayed Fax job which is saved in memory.
1. Press Fax on the control panel.
2. Press Menu on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Cancel Job and press OK.
4. Press the up/down arrows until the fax job you want appears and press OK.
Press OK when Yes highlights to confirm and cancel the job.
The selected fax is deleted from memory.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Fax Send Options

Priority Send
This function is used when a high priority fax needs to be sent ahead of other fax jobs in memory. The
original is scanned into memory and immediately transmitted when the current operation is finished.
In addition, a Priority Send fax will interrupt a Multi Send fax being sent. The fax is interrupted between
destinations, for example after the transmission to destination A ends and before the transmission to
destination B begins, or between redial attempts.
1. Press Fax on the control panel.
2. Press Menu on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Priority Send and press OK.
4. Enter the number of the receiving fax machine and press OK.
You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number using the Address book button. For
details, see Address Book on page 86.
5. Enter the job name you want and press OK. If you do not want to assign a name, skip this step.
For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.
6. Load originals and press Start.
If an original is placed on the document glass, select Yes at the Another Page? prompt. Load
another original and press OK.
When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.
The machine scans and sends the fax to the destinations entered.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Fax Forward

You can set the machine to forward a received or sent fax to another fax, e-mail or server destination. If
you are out of the office but have to receive the fax, this feature may be useful.
When you forward a fax to an e-mail address or an FTP or SMB server, you must use CentreWare
Internet Services to set up the destination details. You can forward a fax to a total of five destinations.
Refer to the System Administrator Guide for instructions.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Forwarding Sent Faxes

You can set the machine to forward a copy of every fax sent to another fax number, an e-mail address
or a server ___location. A copy of all sent faxes will continue to be forwarded to the destination set until
the option is deactivated. To deactivate Fax Forward, refer to Deactivating Fax Forward on page 84.
1. Press Fax on the control panel.
2. Press Menu on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Forward and press OK.
4. Select the option required:
Fax
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax and press OK.
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward and press OK.
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.
d. Enter the fax number to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.
E-mail
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight E-mail and press OK.
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward and press OK.
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.
d. Enter your e-mail address and press OK.
e. Enter the e-mail address to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.
Server
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Server and press OK.
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward and press OK.
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.

Forwarding Received Faxes

You can forward faxes received from remote fax machines to another fax number, an e-mail address or
a server ___location. When the machine receives a fax, it is stored in memory and then sent to the
destination you have set. All received faxes will continue to be forwarded to the destination set until
the option is deactivated. To deactivate Fax Forward, refer to Deactivating Fax Forward on page 84.
1. Press Fax on the control panel.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Fax Forward

2.
3.
4.

Press Menu on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Forward and press OK.
Select the option required:
Fax
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax and press OK.
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Forward and press OK.
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.
d. Enter the fax number to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.
E-mail
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight E-mail and press OK.
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Forward and press OK.
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.
d. Enter your e-mail address and press OK.
e. Enter the e-mail address to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.
Server
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Server and press OK.
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Forward and press OK.
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.

Deactivating Fax Forward

Follow the steps below to deactivate the Fax Forward option.
1. Press Fax on the control panel.
2. Press Menu on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Feature and press OK.
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Forward and press OK.
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax, E-mail or Server and press OK.
6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward or Receive Forward and press OK.
7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Off and press OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Using Secure Receive

You may need to prevent your received faxes from being accessed by unauthorized people. In secure
receive mode, all incoming faxes go into memory until they are accessed and released for printing. A
4-digit password can be set to prevent faxes being printed by unauthorized users. If Secure Receive
mode is deactivated, any faxes stored in memory are automatically printed.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Activating Secure Receive

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Press Fax on the control panel.

Press Menu on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Secure Receive and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.
Enter the four-digit password you want to use and press OK.
You can activate secure receive mode without setting a password, but this will not protect your
faxes.
Re-enter the password to confirm it and press OK.

When a fax is received in secure receive mode, your machine stores it in memory and shows Secure
Receive to let you know that a fax has been received.

Deactivating Secure Receive Mode

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Press Fax on the control panel.

Press Menu on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Secure Receive and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Off and press OK.
If required, enter the four-digit password and press OK.

The mode is deactivated and the machine prints all faxes stored in memory.

Printing Secure Faxes

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Press Fax on the control panel.

Press Menu on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Secure Receive and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print and press OK.
If required, enter the four-digit password and press OK.

The machine prints all of the faxes stored in memory.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Address Book

Address Book
You can use CentreWare Internet Services to set up an Address Book with the fax numbers you use
frequently and then easily and quickly enter fax numbers by selecting them from the Address Book.
Refer to the System Administrator Guide for detailed instructions on setting up an Address Book.
You can also set up an Address Book at the machine. The address book can store up to 500 entries on
the WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI and up to 200 entries on the WorkCentre 3315DN. You can
include Speed Dial numbers and Group numbers and also print out a list of all the address book entries.
Before beginning to store fax numbers, make sure that your machine is in Fax mode.

Speed Dial Numbers

You can store up to 200 frequently-used fax numbers as speed dial numbers.

Registering a Speed Dial Number

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

6.
7.
8.

Press Fax on the control panel.

Press Address Book on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Speed Dial and press OK.
Enter a speed dial number between 1 and 200 and press OK.
If an entry is already stored in the number you choose, a message is displayed. To start over with
another speed dial number, press Back.
Enter the name you want and press OK.
For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.
Enter the fax number you want and press OK.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Editing Speed Dial Numbers

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Press Fax on the control panel.

Press Address Book on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Speed Dial and press OK.
Enter the speed dial number you want to edit and press OK.
Edit the details required:
Change the name and press OK.
Change the fax number and press OK.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Address Book

Using Speed Dial Numbers

When you are prompted to enter a destination number while sending a fax, enter the speed dial
number representing the stored number you want.
For a one-digit (0-9) speed dial number, press and hold the corresponding digit button on the
number keypad.
For a two or three-digit speed dial number, press the first digit button(s) and then hold down the
last digit button.
You can also search through memory for an entry by pressing Address Book. (See Address Book on
page 86.)

Group Dial Numbers

If you frequently send the same document to several destinations, you can group these destinations
and set them under a group dial number. You can then use a group dial number to send a document to
all of the destinations within the group. You can set up to 200 group dial numbers using the
destinations existing speed dial numbers.

Registering a Group Dial Number

Press Fax on the control panel.
Press Address Book on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.
Enter a group dial number between 1 and 200 and press OK.
If an entry is already stored in the number you choose, the display shows a message to allow you
to change it.
6. Enter the name you want and press OK.
For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.
7. Enter the first few letters of the speed dials name you want.
8. Press the up/down arrows until the name and number you want highlights and press OK.
9. Press OK when Yes highlights at the Add Another? prompt.
Repeat the steps to add other speed dial numbers into the group.
When you have finished, press the left/right arrows to select No at the Add Another? prompt and
press OK.
10. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Editing a Group Dial Number

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Press Fax on the control panel.

Press Address Book on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.
Enter the group dial number you want to edit and press OK.
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

Address Book

Enter the name you want to edit and press OK.

Enter the first few letters of the speed dial name you want to add or delete.
Press the up/down arrows until the name and number you want highlights and press OK.
If you entered a new speed dial number, Add? appears.
If you enter a speed dial number stored in the group, Delete? appears.
Press OK to add or delete the number.
9. Press OK when Yes highlights to add or delete more numbers and repeat the steps.
When you have finished, press the left/right arrows to select No at the Another Number? and
press OK.
10. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

6.
7.
8.

Using Group Dial Numbers

To use a group dial entry, you need to search for and select it from memory.
When you are prompted to enter a fax number while sending a fax, press Address Book. There are two
ways to search for a number in memory. You can either scan from A to Z sequentially, or you can search
by entering the first letters of the name associated with the number.
Searching Sequentially
1. Press Fax on the control panel.
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Search & Dial and press OK.
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight All and press OK.
6. Press the up/down arrows until the name and number you want highlights. You can search
upwards or downwards through the entire memory in alphabetical order.
Searching using the Name
1. Press Fax on the control panel.
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Search & Dial and press OK.
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Search ID and press OK.
Enter the first few letters of the name you want.
6. Press the up/down arrows until the group dials name and number you want highlights.

Deleting an Address Book Entry

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
88

Press Fax on the control panel.

Press Address Book on the control panel.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Delete and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Speed Dial or Group Dial and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows until the searching method you want highlights and press OK.
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

Address Book

7.
8.

Select Search All to search for an entry by scanning through all entries in Address Book.
Select Search ID to search for an entry by entering the first few letters of the name.
Press the up/down arrows until the name you want highlights and press OK.
Or, enter the first letters. Press the up/down arrows until the name you want highlights and press
OK.
Press OK when Yes highlights to confirm the deletion.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Printing the Address Book

You can check your Address Book settings by printing a list.
1. Press Fax on the control panel.
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print and press OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax from PC

Fax from PC
You can send a fax from your PC without going to the machine. To send a fax from your PC you will
need to install the PC-Fax software and customize the software settings. Refer to the System
Administrator Guide for setup instructions.

To send a fax from the PC:

1.
2.

3.
4.

Open the document you want to send.

Select Print from the File menu.
The Print window is displayed. It may look
slightly different depending on your application.
Select Xerox MFP PC Fax from the Name
drop-down list box.
Select OK. The Fax Options screen displays.

Select the Add button to add new recipients,

either by directly typing names and fax numbers
or by adding names from the relevant address
book.
6. Select the quality required for the fax - either
Standard or Fine.
7. If you want to add a cover page to your fax,
check the Use Cover Page checkbox and
complete the cover page information fields.
Select the Advanced button to access more
options for the cover page.
8. To see a preview of the fax before it is sent, select
the Preview button.
9. To be notified of the time of the fax delivery,
check the Notify me on delivery checkbox.
10. When all selections have been made, select the Send button to send the fax to all listed recipients.
5.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Receiving Faxes

Receiving Faxes
Manual Receive
There are two methods for receiving a fax manually:
On Hook Dial: You can receive a fax call by pressing On Hook Dial and then pressing Start when
you hear a fax tone from the remote machine. The machine begins receiving a fax. If a handset is
available you can answer calls using the handset.
To change the number of rings, see Fax Setup on page 166.
Using an Extension Telephone: This feature works best when you are using an extension
telephone connected to the EXT socket on the back of your machine. You can receive a fax from
someone you are talking to on the extension telephone, without going to the fax machine. When
you receive a call on the extension phone and hear fax tones, press the keys *9* on the extension
phone. The machine receives the fax.
*9* is the remote receive code preset at the factory. The first and the last asterisks are fixed, but
you can change the middle number to whatever you wish. For details about changing the RCV
Start Code, see Receiving on page 167.

Using an Answering Machine

To use this mode, you must attach an answering machine to the EXT socket on the back of your
machine. If the caller leaves a message, the answering machine stores the message as it would
normally. If your machine detects a fax tone on the line, it automatically starts to receive the fax.
Notes:

If you have set your machine to this mode and your answering machine is switched off,
or no answering machine is connected to EXT socket, your machine automatically goes
into Fax mode after a predefined number of rings.
If your answering machine has a user-selectable ring counter, set the machine to answer
incoming calls within 1 ring.
If you are in Tel mode when the answering machine is connected to your machine, you
must switch off the answering machine. otherwise, the outgoing message from the
answering machine will interrupt your phone conversation.

Using DRPD Mode

Distinctive Ring is a telephone company service which enables a user to use a single telephone line to
answer several different telephone numbers. The particular number someone uses to call you is
identified by different ringing patterns, which consist of various combinations of long and short ringing
sounds. This feature is often used by answering services who answer telephones for many different
clients and need to know which number someone is calling in on to properly answer the phone.
Using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) feature, your fax machine can learn the ring
pattern you designate to be answered by the fax machine. Unless you change it, this ringing pattern
will continue to be recognized and answered as a fax call, and all other ringing patterns will be

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Receiving Faxes

forwarded to the extension telephone or answering machine plugged into the EXT socket. You can
easily suspend or change DRPD at any time.
Before using the DRPD option, Distinctive Ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the
telephone company. To set up DRPD, you will need another telephone line at your ___location, or someone
available to dial your fax number from outside.
For information about setting up DRPD, refer to Setting up DRPD Mode on page 168.

Receiving Faxes in Memory

Since your machine is a multi-tasking device, it can receive faxes while you are making copies or
printing. If you receive a fax while you are copying or printing, your machine stores incoming faxes in
its memory. Then, as soon as you finish copying or printing, the machine automatically prints the fax.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

The Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI produces high quality prints from electronic
documents. You can access the printer from your computer by installing the appropriate printer driver.
To access the many printer drivers which can be used with your machine, refer to the Drivers CD or
download the latest versions from the Xerox website at www.xerox.com.
This chapter includes:
Printing using Windows on page 94
Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM) on page 113
Wireless Setting Program (WorkCentre 3325DNI) on page 114
SetIP on page 116
Printing using Macintosh on page 117
Printing using Linux on page 120
Printing using Unix on page 122

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

The following provides an overview of the print procedure and features available when printing using
Windows.

Install Printer Software

You can install the printer software for local printing and network printing. To install the printer
software on the computer, perform the appropriate installation procedure depending on the printer in
use. The printer software also provides the Fax from PC function if selected during the installation
process.
A printer driver is software that lets your computer communicate with your printer. The procedure to
install drivers may differ depending on the operating system you are using. All applications should be
closed on your PC before beginning installation.
You can install the printer software for a local, networked or wireless printer using the typical or custom
method. For further information refer to the System Administrator Guide.

Local Printer
A local printer is a printer directly attached to your computer using a printer cable, such as a USB cable.
If your printer is attached to a network, refer to Networked Printer on page 96.
Note: If the New Hardware Wizard window appears during the installation procedure, select
Close or Cancel.
1.
2.

Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.
Insert the supplied CD-ROM into
your CD-ROM drive. The CD-ROM
should automatically run, and an
installation window appear.
If the installation window
does not appear, select the
Start button and then Run.
Type X:\Setup.exe,
replacing X with the letter
which represents your drive
and select OK.
If you use Windows Vista,
select Start > All programs
> Accessories > Run, and
type X:\Setup.exe. If the
AutoPlay window appears in
Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in the Install or run program field, and select Continue
in the User Account Control window.
Select Install Software.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

Select Typical installation for a

local printer and follow the
wizard instructions to install the
local printer.

If your printer is not already connected to the computer, the Connect Device screen will appear.
After connecting the printer, select Next.
Note: If you dont want to
connect the printer at this time,
select Next and then No on the
following screen. Then the
installation will start and a test
page will not be printed at the
end of the installation.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

After the installation is finished,

select Finish.

If your printer is connected to the

computer, a Test Print page will be
printed. If the Test Print operation is
successful, continue on to Print
Procedure on page 102 in this
document. If the print operation
failed, refer to Troubleshooting on
page 190.

Networked Printer
When you connect your printer to a network, you must first configure the TCP/IP settings for the
printer. After you have assigned and verified the TCP/IP settings, you are ready to install the software
on each computer on the network.
1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your network and powered on. For details about
connecting to the network, refer to the System Administrator Guide.
2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into
your CD-ROM drive.
The CD-ROM should
automatically run, and an
installation window appears.
If the installation window
does not appear, select the
Start button and then Run.
Type X:\Setup.exe,
replacing X with the letter
which represents your drive
and select OK.
If you use Windows Vista,
select Start > All programs
> Accessories > Run, and
type X:\Setup.exe. If the
AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in Install or run program
field, and select Continue in the User Account Control window.
3. Select Install Software.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

Select Typical installation for a

network printer and follow the
wizard instruction to select and
install the printer.
Note: For custom install
instructions, refer to the System
Administrator Guide.

After the installation is finished,

select Finish.

If your printer is connected to the

network, a Test Print page will be
printed. If the Test Print operation is
successful, continue on to Print
Procedure on page 102 in this
document. If the print operation
failed, refer to Troubleshooting on
page 190.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

Custom Installation
With the custom installation, you can choose individual components to install.
1. Make sure that the printer is
connected to your computer and
powered on.
2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into
your CD-ROM drive.
The CD-ROM should
automatically run, and an
installation window appears. If
the installation window does not
appear, select Start and then
Run. Type X:\Setup.exe, replacing
"X" with the letter which
represents your drive and select
OK.
If you use Windows Vista, select
Start > All programs > Accessories
> Run, and type X:\Setup.exe.
Note: If the AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in Install or run
program field, and select Continue in the User Account Control window.
3.
4.
5.

Select Install Software.

Select Custom installation.
Select Next.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

Select your printer and select

Next.
Note: If your printer is not
already connected to the
computer, the following window
will appear.

Connect the printer and select

Next.
If you don't want to connect the
printer at this time, select Next,
and then No on the following
screen. Then the installation will
start and a test page will not be
printed at the end of the
installation.
Note: The installation window
that appears in this User Guide
may differ depending on the
printer and interface in use.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

Select the components to be

installed and select Next. You
can change the desired
installation folder by selecting
Browse.
9. After the installation is finished,
a window asking you to print a
test page appears. If you choose
to print a test page, select the
checkbox and select Next.
Otherwise, just select Next and
skip to step10.
10. If the test page prints out
correctly, select Yes. If not, select
No to reprint it.
11. Select Finish.

Wireless Printer (WorkCentre 3325DNI)

When you connect your printer to a network, you must first configure the TCP/IP settings for the
printer. After you have assigned and verified the TCP/IP settings, you are ready to install the software
on each computer on the network.
1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer with a usb cable and powered on. For
details about connecting to the network, refer to the System Administrator Guide.

100

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

3.
4.

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into

your CD-ROM drive.
The CD-ROM should
automatically run, and an
installation window appears.
If the installation window
does not appear, select the
Start button and then Run.
Type X:\Setup.exe,
replacing X with the letter
which represents your drive
and select OK.
If you use Windows Vista,
select Start > All programs
> Accessories > Run, and
type X:\Setup.exe. If the
AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in Install or run program
field, and select Continue in the User Account Control window.
Select Install Software.
Select Wireless Setup and follow
the wizard instruction to select
and install the printer.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

101

Printing using Windows

If your printer is not already

connected to the computer, the
Connect Device screen will
appear. After connecting the
printer, select Next and follow
the wizard instruction to install
the printer.

After the installation is finished,

select Finish.

If your printer is connected to the

Print Procedure
Documents can be printed from your computer using the printer drivers supplied. The printer driver
must be loaded on each PC which uses the machine for printing.
Notes:

102

Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

Select Print in your application.

From the Printer: Name drop
down menu, select your machine.
Select Properties or Preferences
to make your print selections on
the individual tabs. For more
information refer to the
following:
Basic Tab on page 103
Paper Tab on page 105
Graphics Tab on page 107
Advanced Tab on page 108
Earth Smart Tab on
page 111
Xerox Tab on page 112
Select OK to confirm your
selections.
Select OK to print your document.

Basic Tab
The Basic Tab provides selections for
the print mode to use and options to
adjust how the document appears on
the printed page. These options
include orientation settings, quality
settings, layout options and
double-sided printing settings.
Note: Some options may be
unavailable depending on your
printer model and configuration.

Print Mode
The Print Mode drop down menu
enables selection of various job types.
Note: Not all job types are
available, depending on your
model and machine
configuration.

Normal: This is the default print

mode and is used for printing
without saving the print file in
memory.
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

103

Printing using Windows

Sample: Useful when printing more than one copy. Allows you to print one copy first, and the rest
of the copies later when they have been checked.
Secure: This mode is used for printing confidential documents. A pop-up screen enables you to
enter a 4-digit password. At the machine, re-enter the password to release the job for print.
Save: Select this option to save a document on the printer without printing. If you want to save it
as a secure job, enter a job name and 4-digit passcode in the pop-up screen. This feature requires
you to enter a passcode at the printer to release the job.
Save and Print: This mode is used when printing and storing a job at the same time. Enter a job
name and 4-digit password in the pop-up screen to save the job.
Spool: This mode can be used when handling large amounts of data. If you select this setting, the
printer spools the document onto the HDD and then prints it from the HDD queue, decreasing the
computers work load.
Print Schedule: Select this option to print the document at a specified time. Enter the date and
time to print the job in the pop up screen.

Printing a Secure or Saved Job

At the machine:
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel.
2. Use the up/down arrows to select Saved Jobs and press OK.
3. Use the up/down arrows to highlight the job you want to print and select OK. Select Release and
select OK. If the job is passcode protected, enter the passcode you set in the print driver and select
Print.
4. Enter the required number of copies and press OK to print your document.

Orientation
Orientation allows you to select the direction in which information is printed on a page.
Portrait: Prints across the width of the page, letter style.
Landscape: Prints across the length of the page, spreadsheet style.

Rotate 180 Degrees: This allows you to rotate the page 180 degrees.

Quality
Use this option to select the image quality setting required.
Best: Use this option if printing graphics or photographs.
Normal: Use this option for text or line art.

Layout Options
Layout Options allow you to select a different layout for your output. You can select the number of
pages to print on a single sheet of paper. To print more than one page per sheet, the pages will be
reduced in size and arranged in the order you specify.
Single Page Per Side: Use this option if the layout does not require changing.

104

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

Multiple Pages Per Side: Use this option to print multiple pages on each page. You can print up to
16 pages on one sheet. Select the number of images required on each side, the page order and if
borders are required.
Poster Printing: Use this option to divide a single-page document onto 4, 9 or 16 segments. Each
segment will be printed on a single sheet of paper for the purpose of pasting the sheets together
to form one poster-size document. Select Poster 2x2 for 4 pages, Poster 3x3 for 9 pages or Poster
4x4 for 16 pages. Then choose the overlap amount in mm or inches.
Booklet Printing: This allows you to print your document on both sides of the paper and arrange
the pages so that the paper can be folded in half after printing to produce a booklet.

2 sided Printing
You can print on both sides of a sheet of paper. Before printing, decide how you want your document
oriented.
Printer Default: If you select this option, this feature is determined by the settings made on the
control panel of the printer.
None: The document is printed single-sided.
Long Edge: This is the conventional layout used in book binding.
Short Edge: This is the type often used with calendars.
Reverse Double-Sided Printing: The document is printed two sided and the second side images
are rotated 180 degrees.

Paper Tab
Use the Paper Tab options to set the
basic paper handling specifications
when you access the printer
properties.

Copies
This allows you to choose the number
of copies to be printed. You can select
1 to 999 copies.

Paper Options

Size: This allows you to set the

size of paper required for
printing. If the required size is
not listed in the Size box, select
Edit. When the Custom Paper
Setting window appears, set the
paper size and select OK. The
setting appears in the list so that
you can select it.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

105

Printing using Windows

Source: Use this option to select the paper tray required. Use the bypass tray when printing on
special materials like envelopes and transparencies. If the paper source is set to Auto Select, the
printer automatically selects the paper source based on the requested size.
Type: Set Type to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray selected. This will provide the best
quality printout. If printing Envelopes, ensure the Envelope tab is selected.
Advanced: The advanced paper options allow you to select a different paper source for the first
page of your document or to add a front and/or back cover or to select transparency separators.
First Page: To have the first page printed on a different paper type from the rest of the
document select the paper tray containing the paper required.
Cover Page: From the Cover Options drop-down list, select either No Covers, Front Cover,
Back Cover or Front and Back Cover.
From the Options drop-down list select whether the cover(s) are to be Blank or
Preprinted,1 Sided Printed or 2 Sided Printed.
From the Source drop-down list select the paper tray that contains the paper for the covers
From the Type drop-down list select the type of paper for the covers.
Transparency Separator: If transparency is selected as the paper type, you can select a blank
or printed Separator page to be added from another paper tray. From the Source drop-down
list, select the tray containing the paper for the separator. The separator page will be added
after each transparency.

Scaling Options
This allows you to automatically or manually scale your print job on a page.
Fit to Page: This allows you to scale your print job to any selected paper size, regardless of the
digital document size.
Percentage: Use this option to change the contents of a page to appear larger or smaller on the
printed page. Enter the scaling rate in the Percentage input box.

106

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

Graphics Tab
Use the following options to adjust
the print quality for your specific
printing needs.

Font/Text

Darken Text: Use this option to

select the level of darkness to
apply to the text in your
document.
All Text Black: Select this
checkbox to have all text in your
document print in solid black,
regardless of the color it appears
on the screen.
Advanced: Use this option to set
font options. True Type fonts can
be downloaded as Outline or
Bitmap Images or printed as
Graphics. Select the Use Printer
Fonts option if the fonts do not
require downloading and the
printer fonts should be used.

Toner Save
Selecting this option extends the life of your print cartridge and reduces your cost per page without a
significant reduction in print quality.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

107

Printing using Windows

Advanced Tab
You can select Advanced output
options for your document, such as
watermarks or overlay text.

108

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

Watermark.
This option allows you to print text
over an existing document. There are
several predefined watermarks that
come with the printer which can be
modified, or you can add new ones to
the list.
Using an Existing Watermark
Select the required watermark from
the Watermark drop-down list. You
will see the selected watermark in the
preview image.
Creating a Watermark
1. Select Edit from the Watermark
drop-down list. The Edit
Watermark window appears.
2. Enter a text message in the
Watermark Message box. You
can enter up to 40 characters.
The message displays in the
preview window. When the First Page Only box is checked, the watermark prints on the first page
only.
3. Select the watermark options. You can select the font name, style, size or shade from the Font
Attributes section and set the angle of the watermark from the Message Angle section.
4. Select Add to add the new watermark to the list.
5. When you have finished editing, select OK.
Editing a Watermark
1. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermark window appears.
2. Select the watermark you want to edit from the Current Watermarks list and change the
watermark message options.
3. Select Update to save the changes.
4. When you have finished editing, select OK.
Deleting a Watermark
1. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermark window appears.
2. Select the watermark you want to delete from the Current Watermarks list and select Delete.
3. Select OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

109

Printing using Windows

Overlay
An Overlay is text and/or images stored on the computer hard disk drive as a special file format that
can be printed on any document. Overlays are often used to take the place of preprinted forms and
letterhead paper.
Note: This option is only available when you use the PCL6 Printer Driver.
Creating a New Page Overlay
To use a page overlay, you must first create one containing your logo or another image.
1. Create or open a document containing text or an image for use in a new page overlay. Position the
items exactly as you want them to appear when printed as an overlay.
2. Select Edit from the Overlay drop-down list. The Edit Overlay window appears.
3. Select Create and type a name in the File name box. Select the destination path, if necessary.
4. Select Save. The name appears in the Overlay List box.
5. Select OK.
Note: The overlay document size must be the same as the documents you print with the overlay.
Do not create an overlay with a watermark.
6.
7.
8.

Select OK on the Advanced tab page.

Select OK in the main Print window.
An Are you Sure? message displays. Select Yes to confirm.

Using a Page Overlay

1. Select the required overlay from the Overlay drop-down list box.
If the overlay file you want does not appear in the overlay list, select the Edit button and Load
Overlay, and select the Overlay file.
If you have stored the overlay file you want to use in an external source, you can also load the file
when you access the Load Overlay window.
After you select the file, select Open. The file appears in the Overlay List box and is available for
printing. Select the overlay from the Overlay List box.
2. If necessary, select Confirm Page Overlay When Printing. If this box is checked, a message
window appears each time you submit a document for printing, asking you to confirm your wish to
print an overlay on your document.
If this box is not checked and an overlay has been selected, the overlay automatically prints with
your document.
3. Select OK.
Deleting a Page Overlay
1. Select Edit from the Overlay drop-down list. The Edit Overlay window appears.
2. Select the Overlay you want to delete from the Overlay List box.
3. Select Delete Overlay. When a confirming message window appears, select Yes.
4. Select OK.

110

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Windows

Output Options
Select the required Print order from the drop-down list box:
Normal: All pages are printed.
Reverse All Pages: Your printer prints all pages from the last page to the first page.
Print Odd Pages: Your printer prints only the odd numbered pages of the document.
Print Even Pages: Your printer prints only the even numbered pages of the document.
Tick the Skip Blank Pages checkbox if you do not want blank pages to be printed.
To add a binding margin, tick the Manual Margin checkbox and select Details to select the margin
position and width.

Security
The Job Encryption feature is enabled only when the HDD is installed. This feature protects the printing
information even though the data is sent over the network. When the Job Encryption checkbox is
checked, the printing data is encrypted and transmitted to the machine. The HDD is used to decrypt
the printing data before it is printed.

Earth Smart Tab

The Earth Smart Tab provides options
to decrease the amount of energy
and paper used in the printing process
and displays a visual representation
of the savings made.

Type
The Type drop-down list is used to
select the main Earth Smart option
for the printer.
None: No energy or paper saving
options are automatically
selected.
Earth Smart Printing: When this
option is selected, 2 Sided
Printing, Layout, Skip Blank
Pages and Toner Save can be
customized to suit requirements.
Printer Default. This option
automatically selects the printer
default settings.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

111

Printing using Windows

Result Simulator
This area of the Earth Smart Tab shows a visual representation of the estimated energy and paper
savings based on the selections made.

Xerox Tab
This tab provides version and
copyright information as well as links
to drivers and downloads, supplies
ordering and the Xerox website.

112

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM)

Xerox Easy Printer Manager is a Windows-based application that combines Xerox machine settings
into one ___location. Xerox Easy Printer Manager conveniently combines device settings as well as
printing/scanning environments, settings/actions, Scan to PC and Fax to PC. All of these features
provide a gateway to conveniently use Xerox devices.
For information about using the Easy Printer Manager, refer to the Xerox WorkCentre
3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI Utilities Guide available on Xerox.com.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

113

Wireless Setting Program (WorkCentre 3325DNI)

Wireless Setting Program

(WorkCentre 3325DNI)
When installing the WorkCentre 3325DNI you can use the Wireless Setting program that was
automatically installed with the printer driver to configure the wireless settings.

To open the program:

1.
2.

Select Start > Programs or All Programs > Xerox Printers > Xerox WorkCentre 3325 > Wireless
Setting Program.
Connect the machine to your
computer using the USB cable.
Note: During installation, the
printer needs to be temporarily
connected using the USB cable.

114

Select Next.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Wireless Setting Program (WorkCentre 3325DNI)

Once the machine is connected

to the computer with the USB
cable, the program searches for
WLAN data.
Note: It may be necessary to
select the program again before
this screen appears.

When the search is complete, the

wireless Network Setting
Information is displayed.
If you want to configure the
settings, select Next.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

115

SetIP

SetIP
The SetIP program is a utility program allowing you to select a network interface and manually
configure the addresses for use with the TCP/IP protocol. This program is on the software CD that
comes with your printer.
For information on using the SetIP program, refer to the Xerox WorkCentre
3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI Utilities Guide available on Xerox.com.

116

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Macintosh

This section explains how to print using a Macintosh. You need to set the print environment before
printing. Refer to the System Administrator Guide.
Smart Panel is a program that monitors and informs you of the machines status, and allows you to
customize the machines settings. Smart Panel is installed automatically when you install the machine
software.

Printing a Document
When you print with a Macintosh, you need to check the printer driver setting in each application you
use. Follow the steps below to print from a Macintosh.
1. Open the document you want to print.
2. Open the File menu and select Page Setup (Document Setup in some applications).
3. Choose your paper size, orientation, scaling and other options. Make sure that your machine is
selected and select OK.
4. Open the File menu and select Print.
5. Choose the number of copies you want and indicate which pages you want to print.
6. Select Print.

Changing Printer Settings

You can use advanced printing features provided by your machine.
Open an application and select Print from the File menu. The machine name, which appears in the
printer properties window may differ depending on the machine in use. Except for the name, the
composition of the printer properties window is similar to the following.
Note: The setting options may differ depending on the printer and the Macintosh OS version.

Layout
The Layout tab provides options to adjust how the document appears on the printed page. You can
print multiple pages on one sheet of paper.

Graphics
The Graphics tab provides options for selecting Resolution. Select Graphics from the drop-down list
under Orientation to access the graphic features.

Resolution
This option allows you to select the printing resolution. The higher the setting, the sharper the clarity of
printed characters and graphics. The higher setting also may increase the time it takes to print a
document.
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

117

Printing using Macintosh

Paper
Set Paper Type to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray from which you want to print. This will let
you get the best quality printout. If you load a different type of print material, select the corresponding
paper type.

Printer Features
The Printer Features tab provides Reverse Duplex Printing. Select Printer Features from the
drop-down list under Orientation to access the following features.
Reverse Duplex Printing: The document is printed 2 sided and the second side images are rotated
180 degrees.

Toner Save Mode

Selecting this option extends the life of your print cartridge and reduces your cost per page without a
significant reduction in print quality.
On: Select this option to allow the printer to use less toner on each page.
Off: If you do not need to save toner when printing a document, select this option.

Printing Multiple Pages on one Sheet

You can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper. This feature provides a cost-effective way
to print draft pages.
1. Open an application, and select Print from the File menu.
2. Select Layout from the drop-down list under Orientation. In the Pages per Sheet drop-down list,
select the number of pages you want to print on one sheet of paper.
3. Select the other options you want to use.
4. Select Print. The machine prints the selected number of pages you want to print on one sheet of
paper.

Two Sided Printing

You can print on both sides of the paper. Before printing in the duplex mode, decide on which edge you
will be binding your finished document.
1. From your Macintosh application, select Print from the File menu.
2. Select Layout from the drop-down list under Orientation.
3. Select a binding orientation from the Two Sided Printing option:
Long-Edge Binding: This option is the conventional layout used in book binding.
Short-Edge Binding: This option is the type often used with calendars.
4. Select the other options you want to use and select Print.

118

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Macintosh

Using Smart Panel

If an error occurs while operating, you can check the error from the Smart Panel. You can also launch
Smart Panel manually:
For Mac OS 10.5: Select Print & Fax from System Preferences > Open Printer Queue... of a printer >
Utility.
For Mac OS 10.6: Select Print & Fax from System Preferences > Open Printer Queue... of a printer >
Printer Setup > Utility > Open Printer Utility.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

119

Printing using Linux

Printing from Applications
There are a lot of Linux applications that allow you to print using Common UNIX Printing System
(CUPS). You can print on your machine from any such application.
1. Open an application, and select Print from the File menu.
2. Select Print directly using lpr.
3. In the LPR GUI window, select the machine from the printer list and select Properties.
4. Change the print job properties using the following four tabs displayed at the top of the window.
General: This option allows you to change the paper size, the paper type, and the orientation
of the documents. It enables the duplex feature, adds start and end banners, and changes
the number of pages per sheet.
Text: This option allows you to specify the page margins and set the text options, such as
spacing or columns.
Graphics: This option allows you to set image options that are used when printing image
files, such as color options, image size, or image position.
Advanced: This option allows you to set the print resolution, paper source, and destination.
5. Select Apply to apply the changes and close the Properties window.
6. Select OK in the LPR GUI window to start printing.
The Printing window appears, allowing you to monitor the status of your print job.

Printing Files
You can print many different file types on your machine using the standard CUPS utility, directly from
the command line interface. However, the drivers package replaces the standard lpr tool with a much
more user-friendly LPR GUI program.
To print any document file:
1. Type lpr <file_name> from the Linux shell command line and press Enter. The LPR GUI window
appears.
2. When you type only lpr and press Enter, the Select file(s) to print window appears first. Just
select any files you want to print and select Open.
3. In the LPR GUI window, select your machine from the list, and change the print job properties.
4. Select OK to start printing.

Configuring Printer Properties

Using the Printer Properties window provided by the Printers configuration, you can change the
various properties for your machine as a printer.
1. Open the Unified Driver Configurator.
If necessary, switch to Printers configuration.
2. Select your machine on the available printers list and select Properties.
120

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Printing using Linux

The Printer Properties window opens.

The following five tabs display at the top of the window:
General: This option allows you to change the printer ___location and name. The name entered
in this tab displays on the printer list in Printers configuration.
Connection: This option allows you to view or select another port. If you change the machine
port from USB to parallel or vice versa while in use, you must re-configure the machine port in
this tab.
Driver: This option allows you to view or select another machine driver. By selecting Options,
you can set the default device options.
Jobs: This option shows the list of Print jobs. Select Cancel job to cancel the selected job and
select the Show completed jobs check box to see previous jobs on the job list.
Classes: This option shows the class that your machine is in. Select Add to Class to add your
machine to a specific class or select Remove from Class to remove the machine from the
selected class.
Select OK to apply the changes and close the Printer Properties window.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

121

Printing using Unix

Printing Files
After installing the printer, choose any of the image, text, PS to print.
1. Execute printui <file_name_to_print> command. For example, if you are printing document1
use printui document1 command.
This will open the UNIX Printer Driver Print Job Manager in which the user can select various print
options.
2. Select a printer that has already been added.
3. Select the printing options from the window such as Page Selection.
4. Select how many copies are needed in Number of Copies.
5. Press OK to start the print job.

Configuring Printer Properties

The UNIX printer driver Print Job Manager allows you to configure various print options using the
printer Properties option. The following hot keys may also be used: H for Help, O for OK, A for Apply,
and C for Cancel.

General Tab

Paper Size: Set the paper size as A4, Letter, or other paper sizes, according to your requirements.
Paper Type: Choose the type of the paper. Options available in the list box are Printer Default,
Plain, and Thick.
Paper Source: Select from which tray the paper is used. By default, it is Auto Selection.
Orientation: Select the direction in which information is printed on a page.
Duplex: Print on both sides of paper to save paper.
Multiple pages: Print several pages on one side of the paper.
Page Border: Choose any of the border styles (e.g., Single-line hairline, Double-line hairline)

Image Tab
In this tab, you can change the brightness, resolution, or image position of your document.

Text Tab
Use this tab to set the character margin, line space, or the columns of the actual print output.

Margins Tab

122

Use Margins: Set the margins for the document. By default, margins are not enabled. The user
can change the margin settings by changing the values in the respective fields. Set by default,
these values depend on the page size selected.
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

Printing using Unix

Unit: Change the units to points, inches, or centimeters.

Printer-Specific Settings Tab

Select various options in the JCL and General frames to customize various settings. These options are
specific to the printer and depend on the PPD file.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

123

Printing using Unix

124

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

USB Port

USB memory devices are available with a variety of memory capacities to give you more room for
storing documents. For information about setting up and enabling the USB Port, refer to the System
Administrator Guide.
This chapter includes:
Inserting the USB Memory Device on page 126
Scanning to USB Memory Device on page 127
Printing from USB Memory Device on page 128
Managing USB Memory on page 129

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

125

Inserting the USB Memory Device

Check your USB Memory Device is within specification.

Your machine supports USB memory devices with
FAT16/FAT32 and sector size of 512 bytes.
You must use only an authorized USB memory
device with an A plug type connector.
Use only an USB memory device with
metal-shielded connector.

Insert the USB memory device into the USB memory port
on your machine.
CAUTIONS:
Do not remove the USB memory device while it is in
use.
If your USB memory device has certain features,
such as security settings and password settings, your
machine may not automatically detect it. For details
about these features, see your USB memory device
User Guide.

126

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Scanning to USB Memory Device

You can scan a document and save the scanned image onto a USB memory device. When the USB
Memory Device is inserted into the USB memory port, the option to Scan To USB is automatically
displayed. If this option is selected, the machine immediately scans your documents using the default
scan settings. If different scan settings are required for your job, change the settings prior to inserting
the USB Memory Device. Refer to Select the Features on page 50 for information about changing the
scan settings.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.
1.
2.

3.
4.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan to USB and press OK.
Your machine begins scanning the original, and then asks if you want to scan another page.
To scan another page, press the left/right arrows to highlight Yes and press OK. Load an original
and press Start.
Otherwise, press the left/right arrows to highlight No and press OK.

After scanning is complete, you can remove the USB memory device from the machine.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

127

Printing from USB Memory Device

You can directly print files stored on a USB memory device. You can print the following supported file
types:
PRN: Only files created by the driver provided with your machine are compatible. PRN files
can be created by selecting the Print to file check box when you print a document. The
document will be saved as a PRN file, rather than printed on paper. Only PRN files created
using this method can be printed directly from a USB memory device.
BMP: Uncompressed
TIFF: TIFF 6.0 Baseline
JPEG: JPEG Baseline
PDF: PDF 1.7 and below
PCL: A PCL file
PS: A PostScript file
TXT: A text file
To print a document from a USB memory device:
1. Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port
on your machine.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print from USB
and press OK.
Your machine automatically detects the device and
reads data stored on it.
3. Press the up/down arrows until the folder or file you want
highlights and press OK.
If you see + in the front of a folder name, there are one
or more files or folders in the selected folder.
If you selected a folder, press the up/down arrows until
the file you want highlights and press OK.
4. Press the up/down arrows to select the number of copies
to be printed or enter the number.
5. Press OK or Start to start printing the selected file.
After printing the file, the display asks if you want to print another job.
6. To print another document, press the left/right arrows to highlight Yes and press OK.
Otherwise, press the left/right arrows to highlight No and press OK.
7. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

128

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Managing USB Memory

You can delete image files stored on a USB memory device one by one or all at once by reformatting
the device.
CAUTION: After deleting files or reformatting a USB memory device, files cannot be restored.
Therefore, confirm that you no longer need the data before deleting it.

Deleting an Image File

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port

on your machine.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Manage Files and
press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Delete and press
OK.
Press the up/down arrows until the folder or file you want
highlights and press OK.
If you see + in the front of a folder name, there are one
or more files or folders in the selected folder.
If you selected a file, the display shows the size of the file
for about 2 seconds.
If you selected a folder, press the up/down arrows until
the file you want to delete highlights and press OK.
To delete the file, press the up/down arrows to highlight Yes and press OK.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Formatting a USB Memory Device

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port on your machine.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Manage Files and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Format and press OK.
To format a USB memory device, press the up/down arrows to highlight Yes and press OK.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Viewing the USB Memory Status

1.
2.
3.

Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port on your machine.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Available Space and press OK.
The available memory space appears on the display.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

129

Managing USB Memory

130

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

CentreWare Internet
Services

CentreWare Internet Services uses the embedded HTTP Server on the machine. This allows you to
communicate with your machine through a web browser. Entering the IP Address of the machine as
the URL (Universal Resource Locator) in the browser provides direct access to the machine over the
internet or intranet. For detailed setup information refer to the System Administrator Guide.
This chapter includes:
Using CentreWare Internet Services on page 132
Status on page 133
Jobs on page 134
Print on page 137
Address Book on page 138
Properties on page 141
Support on page 142

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

131

Using CentreWare Internet Services

Prior to connecting to CentreWare Internet Services the machine must be connected to the network
either physically (all models) or wirelessly (WorkCentre 3325DNI only) and have TCP/IP and HTTP
enabled. An operational workstation with TCP/IP Internet or Intranet accessibility is also required.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.
To access CentreWare Internet Services:
1. Open the web browser from your workstation.
2. In the URL field, enter http:// followed by the IP Address of the machine. For example: if the IP
Address is 192.168.100.100, enter the following into the URL field: http://192.168.100.100
3. Press Enter to view the Home page.
The CentreWare Internet Services options for your machine are displayed.
Note: To find the IP Address of your machine, print a configuration report. For instructions, refer to
Information Pages on page 157.

Home Page
The Internet Services Home page
provides information about your
machine and access to the
CentreWare Internet Services options.
The Home Page provides information
about the machine name and address
details. Use the Refresh Status
button to update the machine status
information.
The Earth Smart option available at
the top of the screen enables this
feature to be turned On or Off.
Note: You must be logged in as Administrator to enable this feature.
If a different language is required, select the language drop-down menu and change to the language
required.
Use the Index option to navigate to specific topics.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

132

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Status

Status
Use this option to review status information about your machine.
The Status page allows you to view
any active alerts being displayed by
the machine, and see the status of
the print cartridge.
The Usage Counters page allows you
to view the number of impressions,
faxes and scans sent by the machine.
In the Current Settings menu,
information about the machine setup
and network information can also be viewed.
The Print Information page allows you to print the configuration report, address book, completed jobs
list and other documents about the machine usage.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

133

Jobs

Jobs
The Jobs tab enables you to setup
and manage Local Drive Folders and
provides access to the Job
Management folders.
Note: The Jobs tab is not present
on the WorkCentre 3315DN
unless the optional memory is
installed and the RAM Disk
enabled. When the Jobs tab is
enabled the only options available are Active Jobs, Stored Print and Secure Print.

Folders
The Local Drive feature allows you to scan documents to the device hard drive and store them in
folders. Folders are created and managed using Internet Services. Once a folder has been created, it is
available for storing documents when the Local Drive option is selected at the device.

Creating a Folder
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

8.
9.

At your Workstation, open the web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the
Address Bar.
Press Enter.
Click on the Jobs icon. The available folders are displayed. By default, the Default Public folder is
available to store scanned images.
To create a new folder, click on the Add Folder button.
Enter the name of your folder in the Folder Name area.
Enter the owner of your folder in the Owner area.
To create a private folder, click the Private Folder checkbox. A private folder requires you to enter a
password to access the folder. Enter a password for your private folder in the Password and
Confirm Password areas.
Click Apply. The new folder will appear in the folders list.
Your new folder will be available to select in the Local Drive feature at the device.

Using Folders
1.
2.
3.
4.

134

At your Workstation, open the web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the
Address Bar.
Press Enter.
Click on the Jobs icon. The available folders are displayed.
Click on the folder required. A list of the jobs in the folder is displayed. The jobs can be filtered
using the drop-down menu above the list.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Jobs

Select the scanned document required. Select Delete to delete the document or Edit to change
the document properties. To move or copy the document to another folder, drag the document
icon to the folder required and select Move or Copy.

Job Management
Click the links in the left hand menu to see your jobs. The options are:

Active Jobs
Displays the list of jobs which are currently being processed on the device. The Job Name, Status and
User are shown.
1. To delete an active job select Active Jobs and then select the job requiring deletion.
2. Select the Delete option.
3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the job.

Completed Jobs
Displays a list of jobs which have been completed by the device. The Job Name, Status, User, Date of
completion, Paper Size and Page Count are shown for each job.

Stored Print
Stored Print allows you to access and print your jobs which have been saved on the device.
To Store a job on the device:
1. Select a document to store and select file > print.
2. Select the 3325 printer driver.
3. Select Save and Print from the Print Mode menu.
To print your Stored Job:
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Stored Print.
2. Select your job and click Print. Your document will be printed at the device.
To delete your Stored Job:
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Stored Print.
2. Select your job and click Delete.
3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the Stored Job. Your stored job is
deleted.

Secure Print
Secure Print allows you to access and print your secure jobs which have been sent to the device.
To send a Secure Print job:
1. Open a document to print and select the 3325 printer driver.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

135

Jobs

Select Secure from the Print Mode menu and enter a 4-digit pin number for your job.

To print your Secure Print Job:

1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Print.
2. Select your job and click Print. Your document will be printed at the device.
To delete your Secure Print Job:
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Print.
2. Select your job and click Delete.
3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the Secure Print Job. Your Secure Print
job is deleted.

Secure Received Fax

Allows you to access and print your Secure Fax jobs which have been received at the device.
To print your Secure Received Fax Job:
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Received Fax.
2. Select your job and click Print. Your document will be printed at the device.
To delete your Secure Received Fax Job:
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Received Fax.
2. Select your job and click Delete.
3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the Secure Received Fax. The secure fax
job is deleted.

136

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Print
The Print option enables you to send
a print ready job to the printer over
the internet. You can send the job
from your desktop or from a remote
___location.

File Download
Print-ready documents can be quickly
and easily submitted for printing
using the File Download page. A
print-ready document is a file that
has been formatted and saved for printing from the application that created it, or the Print to File
check box was checked in the printer driver screen.
The following file formats can be printed from the Job Submission page:
PDF
PCL
PostScript
Plain Text
PRN files
Large print jobs need adequate space on your hard drive when printing through Internet Services.
1. At your Workstation, open the web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the
Address Bar.
2. Press Enter.
3. Select the Print icon. The Print Options page displays.
4. Select the number of copies required in the Quantity menu.
5. Select the required orientation of your print from the Orientation menu.
6. Select the required option for 2-Sided printing.
7. In the Print-Ready File area, select the Browse button. The File Download page displays.
8. Select the print-ready document and select OK.
9. Select Apply to print the document.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

137

Address Book

Address Book
The Address Book tab allows you to create individual and group address lists to use with the E-mail and
Fax features. You can also use Address Book to create Scan to FTP/SMB destinations. For instructions
on creating Scan to FTP/SMB destinations refer to the System Administrator Guide.

Create New Individual

To add a new Individual in the
Address Book:
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

At your Workstation, open the

web browser and enter the IP
Address of the machine in the
Address Bar.
Press Enter.
Click Address Book.
Click Individual if not already
selected.
Click Add.
Enter name, speed dial number, e-mail address and fax number as required.
Click Apply.

Delete an Individual Address Book Entry

1.
2.
3.

138

In the Address Book area, click the Individual link and check the checkbox for the address you
want to delete.
Select the Delete button.
Select OK when the Do you really want to delete selected items? message displays.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Address Book

Create a Group Address Book using Internet Services

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

At your Workstation, open the

web browser and enter the IP
Address of the machine in the
Address Bar.
Press Enter.
Select the Address Book icon.
Select the E-mail Groups link.
Select Add Group.
Enter a name in the Group
Name field.
Select the required Speed Dial
number.
Select the Add Individual(s)
after this group is created checkbox to add individual addresses immediately after the group has
been created.
Note: If this option is not selected, when Apply is selected you will return to the E-mail Groups
Address Book page.

Select Apply to save the changes.

The Add window is displayed
10. Select an individual address from
the left window and click on the
arrow to add the individual to
the new group. The address is
shown in the right window.
Continue adding the individuals
required.
11. When all the individuals have
been added to the group, select
Apply. The E-mail Groups
Address Book page is displayed.

Note If an address book is already established, you may be warned that duplicate entries exist
and that the new entries will be ignored.

Edit a Group in the Address Book

1.
2.
3.

In the E-mail Group Address Book area, check the checkbox for the group you want to edit.
Select the Edit Group button.
Add or remove individuals as required using the arrow button.
Select Apply. The group is updated and the E-mail Groups Address Book page is displayed.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

139

Address Book

Delete a Group in the Address Book

1.
2.
3.

In the E-mail Group Address Book area, check the checkbox for the group you want to delete.
Select the Delete Group button.
Select the OK button when the Do you really want to delete selected items? message displays.

Create a Group Dial using Internet Services

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

At your Workstation, open the

web browser and enter the IP
Address of the machine in the
Address Bar.
Press Enter.
Select the Address Book icon.
Select the Fax Groups link.
Select the Add Group button.
Enter a name in the Group
Name field.
Select the required Speed Dial
number. Click the box to select Add Individuals after Group Created.
Click Apply to save the changes and return to the Fax Groups Address Book page.
Note If an address book is already established, you may be warned that duplicate entries exist
and that the new entries will be ignored.

Delete a Group Dial

1.
2.
3.

140

In the Fax Groups Address Book area, check the checkbox for the group you want to delete.
Select the Delete Group button.
Select the OK button for the Do you really want to delete selected items? message.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Properties

Properties
The Properties option contains all the
settings, setups and default values for
installing and setting up the machine.
These are usually protected by a user
name and password and should only
be changed by your System
Administrator.
For information about all the
Properties options, refer to the
System Administrator Guide.
Note: The Properties tab only
appears when the administrator
is logged in or when the CWIS Access Control has been disabled.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

141

Support

Support
The Support option contains
information about the firmware
version of your product and contact
information for your System
Administrator.
Links are also provided to the Xerox
website for downloading the Printer
Drivers and User Guides, ordering
supplies, accessing Technical Support
or registering your machine.

142

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Paper and Media

This chapter contains information about the different types of stock and stock sizes that can be used
on your machine, available paper trays and the types of stock and sizes supported by each tray.
This chapter includes:
Loading Paper on page 144
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148
Media Specifications on page 150

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

143

Loading Paper

Loading Paper
One paper tray and a bypass tray are standard on your machine. Paper tray 2 is available to purchase
as an option.
Various media sizes and types can be used in the trays. For more media specifications, refer to Media
Specifications on page 150.

Preparing Paper for Loading

Before loading paper into the paper trays, flex or fan the
edges of the paper stack. This procedure separates any sheets
of paper that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of
paper jams.
Note: To avoid unnecessary paper jams and misfeeds do
not remove paper from its packaging until required.

Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional)

The paper level indicator on the front of tray 1 and the
optional tray 2 shows the amount of paper currently left in
the tray. When the tray is empty, the indicator is completely
lowered as shown in the illustration: 1 shows full,
2 shows empty.
Using the instructions provided below, load paper into the
machine. Paper tray 1 can hold up to 250 sheets and paper
tray 2 (optional) can hold up to 520 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m)
paper. For more media specifications, refer to Media
Specifications on page 150.
11

Pull out the paper tray and load paper into the tray, print
side down. Do not fill above the Maximum Fill line
indicated by the symbol
.

144

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

2
2

Loading Paper

Slide the paper length guide until it lightly touches the

end of the paper stack.

Position the side guide by squeezing the lever and sliding

it towards the stack of paper, until it gently touches the
side of the stack.
Insert the paper tray into the machine.
After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size
and type using the control panel. Press OK to confirm the
settings or Stop to change the settings. These settings
will apply to Copy and Fax modes.
When printing from your computer, ensure you select the
Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,
color and type. Not confirming the paper details may
result in printing delays. For information about setting
the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.

4.
5.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the
control panel.

Using the Bypass Tray

The bypass tray is located on the front of your machine. It can be closed when not in use, making the
product more compact. Use the bypass tray to print transparencies, labels, envelopes or postcards in
addition to making quick runs of paper types or sizes that are not currently loaded in the paper tray.
When using the bypass tray for special media it may be necessary to use the rear door for the output.
For further information refer to Media Output Locations on page 23.
Acceptable print media is plain paper from 3.0 x 5.0 inches to 8.5 x 14 inches Legal (76 mm x 127 mm
to 216 mm x 356 mm) and weighing between 16 lb and 58 lb (60 g/m and 220 g/m). For more media
specifications, refer to Media Specifications on page 150.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

145

Loading Paper

Loading the Bypass Tray

1.
2.

Lower the bypass tray 1 , located on the front of the

machine and unfold the paper support extension 2 .
Prepare a stack of paper for loading by flexing or fanning
it back and forth. Straighten the edges on a level surface.
Remove any curl on postcards, envelopes and labels
before loading them into the bypass tray.

Note: The bypass tray can hold a maximum of 50 sheets

of 20 lb (80 g/m) bond paper, 5 transparency sheets or
5 envelopes.
3.

Load the print material between the width guides with

the print side facing up.

Note: Hold transparencies by the edges and avoid

touching the print side.
4.

Adjust the paper guide to the width of the stack of print

material. Ensure you have not loaded too much print
media. The stack should be under the Maximum Fill line
indicated by the symbol
.
When printing from your computer, ensure you select the
Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,
color and type. Not confirming the paper details may
result in printing delays. For information about setting
the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your

computer override the settings on the control panel.
6.

After printing, remove any unfed paper and close the

bypass tray.

Envelope Mode
1.
2.

Lower the bypass tray, located on the front of the machine and unfold the paper support
extension.
Remove any curl on envelopes before loading them into the bypass tray. Prepare a stack of
envelopes for loading by flexing or fanning them back and forth. A maximum of 5 envelopes can
be loaded. Straighten the edges on a level surface.
Note: For more information on media specifications, refer to Media Specifications on page 150.

146

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Loading Paper

3.
4.

Load envelopes short edge feed and with the flaps facing
down as shown in the illustration.
Adjust the paper guide to the width of the stack of print
material. Ensure you have not loaded too much print
media. The stack should be under the Maximum Fill line
indicated by the symbol
.

5.
6.

Open the rear door and leave the door open during
printing.
When printing from your computer, ensure you press the
Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,
color and type. Not confirming the paper details may
result in printing delays. For information about setting
the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.
Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your
computer override the settings on the control panel.

After printing, close the bypass tray.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

147

Setting Paper Size and Type

After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size and type using the control panel. These
settings will apply to Copy and Fax modes. For computer printing, select the paper size and type in the
application program you use on your computer.
Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the
control panel.
After closing the paper tray the Paper Size and Type settings are automatically displayed. If correct,
use the settings displayed or follow the steps below to change the settings to match the Paper Size and
Type of paper loaded.

Setting the Paper Size

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Size and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to select the paper size you want.
Press OK to save the selection.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

If you want to use special sized paper, select a custom paper size in the Printer Driver. Refer to Paper
Options on page 105 for instructions.

Setting the Paper Type

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Type and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to select the paper type you want.
Press OK to save the selection.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Setting the Paper Source

148

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Setting Paper Size and Type

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Source and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Copy Tray or Fax Tray and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want.
Press OK to save the selection.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

149

Media Specifications

Media Specifications
Media Guidelines
When selecting or loading paper, envelopes or other special media please adhere to these guidelines:
Attempting to print on damp, curled, wrinkled or torn paper can cause paper jams and poor print
quality.
Use only high quality copier grade paper. Avoid paper with embossed lettering, perforations or
texture that is too smooth or too rough.
Store paper in its ream wrapper until ready to use. Place cartons on pallets or shelves, not on the
floor. Do not place heavy objects on top of the paper, whether it is packaged or unpackaged. Keep
it away from moisture or other conditions that can cause it to wrinkle or curl.
During storage, moisture-proof wrap (any plastic container or bag) should be used to prevent dust
and moisture from contaminating your paper.
Always use paper and other media that conforms to the specifications.
Use only well-constructed envelopes with sharp, well creased folds:
DO NOT use envelopes with clasps and snaps.
DO NOT use envelopes with windows, coated lining, self-adhesive seals, or other synthetic
materials.
DO NOT use damaged or poorly made envelopes.
Only use the special media recommended for use in laser printers.
To prevent special media such as transparencies and label sheets from sticking together, remove
them from the exit tray as they are printed.
Place transparencies on a flat surface after removing them from the machine.
Do not leave the special media in the bypass tray for long periods of time. Dust and dirt may
accumulate on them resulting in spotty printing.
To avoid smudging caused by fingerprints, handle transparencies and coated paper carefully.
To avoid fading, do not expose the printed transparencies to prolonged sunlight.

Store unused media at temperatures between 59F and 86F (15C to 30C). The relative humidity
should be between 10% and 70%.
When loading paper, do not fill above the Maximum Fill line indicated by the symbol
.
o
o
Verify that your labels adhesive material can tolerate fusing temperature of 200 C (392 F) for 0.1
second.
Ensure that there is no exposed adhesive material between labels.
CAUTION: Exposed areas can cause labels to peel off during printing, which can cause paper
jams. Exposed adhesive can also cause damage to machine components.

150

Do not feed a sheet of labels through the machine more than once. The adhesive backing is
designed for one pass only through the machine.
Do not use labels that are separating from the backing sheet or are wrinkled, bubbled, or
otherwise damaged.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Media Specifications

Media Types
The table below shows the media types supported for Copy, Print or Fax for each tray for the following
paper sizes:
A4

8.27 x 11.69 inches (210 x 297 mm)

Letter

8.5 x 11.0 inches (216 x 279 mm)

Legal

8.5 x 14.0 inches (216 x 355. mm)

Oficio

8.5 x 13.5 inches (216 x 343 mm)

Folio

8.5 x 13.0 inches (216 x 330 mm

Key:
O

Supported

Types

Not Supported

Supported Weights

Tray 1

Tray 2

Bypass
Tray

Duplex
Unit

Plain

19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m)

Thick

24 to 28 lb (91 to 105 g/m)

Thicker

43 to 58 lb (164 to 220 g/m)

Thin

16 to 18 lb (60 to 70 g/m)

Cotton

20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m)

Colored

20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m)

Preprinted

20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m)

Recycled

19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m)

Transparency
(A4 / Letter
only)

37 to 39 lb (138 to 146 g/m)

Labels

32 to 40 lb (120 to 150 g/m)

Card Stock

32 to 43 lb (121 to 163 g/m)

Bond

28 to 32 lb (105 to 120 g/m)

Archival

28 to 32 lb (105 to 120 g/m) if you

need to keep the print-out for a long
period time, such as archives, select this
option

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

151

Media Specifications

The table below shows the media types supported for Print for each tray for the following paper sizes:
JIS B5

7.17 x 10.12 inches (182 x 257 mm)

ISO B5

6.93 x 9.84 inches (176 x 250 mm)

Executive

7.25 x 10.50 inches (184.2 x 266.7 mm)

5.85 x 8.27 inches (148.5 x 210 mm)

4.13 x 5.85 inches (105 x 148.5 mm)

Postcard

4 x 6 inches (101.6 x 152.4 mm)

Monarch
Envelopes

3.88 x 7.5 inches (98.4 x 190.5 mm)

DL Envelopes

4.33 x 8.66 inches (110 x 220 mm)

C5 Envelopes

6.38 x 9.02 inches (162.0 x 229 mm)

C6 Envelopes

4.49 x 6.38 inches (114 x 162 mm)

No.10 Envelopes

4.12 x 9.5 inches (105 x 241 mm)

Key:
O

Supported

Types

Not Supported

Supported Weights

Tray 1

Tray 2

Bypass
Tray

Duplex
Unit

Plain

19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m)

Thick

24 to 28 lb (91 to 105 g/m)

Thicker

43 to 58 lb (164 to 220 g/m)

Thin

16 to 18 lb (60 to 70 g/m)

Cotton

20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m)

Colored

20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m)

Preprinted

20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m)

Recycled

19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m)

Postcard

32 to 43 lb (121 to 163 g/m) card

stock

Envelopes

20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m)

For more information on supported paper sizes and weights, refer to Media Specifications on page 227.

152

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Status and

Setups

This chapter identifies the key settings that you can customize to meet your requirements. Changing
these settings is easy and will save you time when using the machine.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.
This chapter includes:
Machine Status Menu on page 154
Machine Information on page 155
Toner Level on page 156
Information Pages on page 157
Feature Defaults on page 159
Print Setup on page 165
Fax Setup on page 166
System Setup on page 170
Network Settings on page 179
Local Drive on page 181

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

153

Machine Status Menu

All the machine setup features are accessed through the Machine Status button on the control panel.
The setup and default options should be set up and customized by the System Administrator. Access to
these options is sometimes password protected.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Accessing the Setup Options

To access the default and setup options:
1. Press the Machine Status button on the control
panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the
required option. Press OK.
3. If necessary, enter the Administrators Password
using the keypad. The default is 1111.
Note: You may have to press the 1 key several
times to enter the 1.

4.
5.

After entering a character press the Right arrow

to enable the next character to be entered, or wait 2 seconds between presses.
Continue entering characters until the full password has been entered.
Press the OK button on the control panel. Once the password is verified the selected option menu
displays.
Customize the options required using the instructions on the following pages.

Settings can also be customized using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System Administrator
Guide for more information.

154

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Information

Machine Information
1.
2.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Machine Information and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
The following Machine Information options are available:
Option

3.
4.
5.
6.

Description

Settings

Model

The printer model number.

Printer Name

The user entered name for the printer.

DNS Name

The assigned DNS Name.

IP Address

The assigned IP address.

IPv6 Address

The assigned IPv6 address.

Link-Local Address
Global Address
DHCPV6 Addresses
Manual Address

Serial Number

The machine serial number.

(Serial Number)
xxx xxxxxxxxx

Activation Date

Date machine was first activated.

mm/dd/yyyy

Billing Counters

Number of impressions made by the machine.

Total Impressions
Black Impressions
Maint. Impressions
Sheets
2 Sided Sheets

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using
the keypad.
Press OK to save the selection.
Continue customizing the Machine Information defaults as required, then press Stop to return to
Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

155

Toner Level

Toner Level
1.
2.

156

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Toner Level and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
A graphical depiction of the level of toner remaining is indicated.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Information Pages

Information Pages
1.
2.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Information Pages and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
The following Information Pages are available to print:
Report

Description

All Reports

This option enables you to print all the reports and information pages.

Configuration

This report provides information about your machine setup, including

the serial number, IP Address, installed options and the software
version.

Demo Page

The demo page is printed to check the quality of the print.

Supplies Info

Prints the supplies information page.

Address Book

Prints a list of the Fax, E-mail and server addresses currently stored in
the Address Book in the machines memory. Refer to the System
Administrator Guide for more information on the Address book.

Fax Send

Prints a confirmation report showing whether a transmission was

successful, how many pages were sent and other transmission details.
Note: You can set up your machine to automatically print a Send Report
after each fax job. (See Fax Setup on page 166.)

Fax Sent

This report shows information on the faxes you have recently sent.
Note: You can set the machine to automatically print this report every
50 communications. (See Auto Report on page 169.)

E-mail Sent

This report shows information on the e-mails you have recently sent.

Fax Received

This report shows information on the faxes you have recently received.

Scheduled Job

This list shows the documents currently stored for delayed faxing along
with the start time and type of each operation.

Junk Fax

Allows fax numbers that have been sent to the device to be specified as
junk fax numbers. To add or delete numbers, access the Junk Fax Setup
menu. (See Fax Setup on page 166.)

Network Configuration

This list shows information about your machines network connection

and configuration.

User Auth.

This list shows users who are authorized to use the e-mail function.

PCL Font

Prints the PCL font list

PS Font

Prints the PS font list.

EPSON Font

Prints the EPSON font list.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

157

Information Pages

Report

3.
4.
5.

158

Description

Stored Jobs

Prints jobs currently stored on the HDD.

Completed Jobs

Prints a list of completed jobs.

Net User Auth.

Prints users and their IDs who logged into the Domain.

Usage Counter

This list shows the total number of impressions, black Impressions and
maintenance impressions which have been made on the machine. It
also shows the total number of sheets and 2 sided sheets put through
the machine.

Fax Options

Prints fax report information.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the information page required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Print? Yes setting and press OK. The selected
information page will be printed.
Continue printing Information Pages as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Feature Defaults

Feature Defaults
The feature defaults for Copy, Scan, E-mail and Fax can be set to those most frequently used. When a
job is finished or the cancel button is pressed, these settings will be displayed on the machine.

Copy Defaults
The Copy options, including Lighten/Darken, Original Type, Collation and number of copies, can be set
to those most frequently used. When you copy a document, the default settings are used unless they
have been changed for the current job.
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.
1.
2.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Copy Defaults and press OK.
The following Copy Defaults options and settings are available:
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option

Description

Settings

Original Size

Use this option to select the default Original Size

setting for Copy jobs.

A4 *
A5
B5
Letter
Legal
Executive
US Folio
Oficio

Quantity

Use this option to enter the default copy quantity.

Default setting
1-999
1*

Collation

If On is selected the copy output will be collated, for

example 1,2,3, 1,2,3, 1,2,3. If Off is selected the job will
be uncollated, for example 1,1,1, 2,2,2 3,3,3.

On
Off *

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

159

Feature Defaults

Option

Description

Settings

Reduce/Enlarge

Use this option to select the default Reduce/enlarge

setting for Copy jobs.

100% *
Variable %
Auto Fit
LGL->LTR (78%)
LGL->A4 (83%)
A4->A5 (71%)
A4->LTR (94%)
A5->A4 (141%)
EXE>LTR (104%)
25%
50%
150%
200%
400%

Lighten/Darken

Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken

option for Copy jobs. Lighten/Darken adjusts the
lightness or darkness of the output.

Lighten +1 to +5
Normal *
Darken +1 to +5

Contrast

Adjusts the contrast between dark and light areas of

the original.

More +1 to +5
Normal *
Less +1 to +5

Original Type

Use this option to set the default Original Type setting

for Copy jobs.

Text
Text/Photo *
Photo

Layout

Use this option to set the default Layout setting for

Copy jobs.

Normal *
2-Up
4-Up
ID Copy
Poster Copy
Clone Copy
Book Copy
(3325DN/DNI only)
Booklet Creation
(3325DN/DNI only)

Background
Suppression

Use to automatically reduce or eliminate the dark

background resulting from scanning colored paper or
newspaper originals.

160

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Off *
Auto
Enhance Levels 1 to
2
Erase Levels 1 to 4

Feature Defaults

Option

6.
7.

Settings

Margin Shift

Allows you to create a binding margin on the page. The

image can be adjusted up or down on the page and/or
shifted to the right or left. The Auto-Center option is
available for documents scanned from the document
glass and automatically places the image centrally on
the page.

Off *
Auto-Center
Custom Margin:
Left Margin, Right
Margin, Top Margin,
Bottom Margin
0-20 mm

Edge Erase

Allows you to erase spots, drill holes, fold creases and

staple marks along any of the four edges of a
document. The Book Center option is available for
books scanned from the document glass and erases the
black horizontal line resulting from copying the spine of
the book.

Off *
Small Original
Hole Punch
Book Center
Border Erase

(3325DN/DNI only)

4.
5.

Description

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using
the keypad.
Press OK to save the selection.
Continue customizing the Copy Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Scan Defaults
The Scan options, including File Format, Output Color and Resolution, can be set to those most
frequently used for the following scan services:
Scan to USB
Scan to FTP (3325DN/DNI only)
Scan to SMB (3325DN/DNI only)
When you scan a document, the default settings are used unless they have been changed for the
current job.
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan Defaults and press OK.
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight USB, FTP or SMB and press OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

161

Feature Defaults

The following Scan Defaults options and settings are available:

Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option
Original Size

Description
Use this option to select the default Original Size
setting for Scan jobs.

Settings

A4 *
A5
B5
Letter

Legal

162

Executive
Folio
Oficio

Original Type

Use this option to select the default Original Type for

Scan jobs.

Text *
Text/Photo
Photo

Resolution

Use this option to select the default Resolution for

Scan jobs.

100 dpi
200 dpi
300 dpi *

Output Color

Use this option to select the default Output Color

setting for Scan jobs.

Color *
Grayscale
Black and White

File Format
(USB)

Use this option to select the default File Format for

USB Scan jobs.

JPEG *
BMP
Single-TIFF
Multi-TIFF
PDF

File Format
(FTP and SMB)

Use this option to select the default File Format for FTP
and SMB Scan jobs.

Single-TIFF
Multi-TIFF *
PDF
JPEG

Note: JPEG only available for Color option.

5.
6.
7.

Lighten/Darken

Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken

option for Scan jobs. Lighten/Darken adjusts the
lightness or darkness of the output.

Lighten +1 to +5
Normal *
Darken +1 to +5

Contrast

Adjusts the contrast level between dark and light areas

of the original.

More +1 to +5
Normal *
Less +1 to +5

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.
Continue customizing the Scan Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Feature Defaults

E-mail Defaults
The E-mail options, including File Format, Original Type, Output Color and Resolution, can be set to
those most frequently used. When you e-mail a document, the default settings are used unless they
have been changed for the current job.
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight E-mail Defaults and press OK.
The following E-mail Default options and settings are available:
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option

Description

Original Size

Use this option to select the default Original Size

setting for E-mail jobs.

A4 *
A5
B5
Letter
Legal
Executive
Folio
Oficio

Original Type

Use this option to select the default Original Type for

E-mail jobs.

Text *
Text/Photo
Photo

Resolution

Use this option to select the default Resolution for

E-mail jobs.

100 dpi
200 dpi
300 dpi *

Output Color

Use this option to select the default output color

setting for E-mail jobs.

Color
Grayscale
Black and White *

File Format

Use this option to select the default file format for

E-mail jobs.

Single-TIFF
Multi-TIFF
PDF *
JPEG

Note: JPEG only available for Color option.

4.
5.
6.

Settings

Lighten/Darken

Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken

option for E-mail jobs. Lighten/Darken adjusts the
lightness or darkness of the output.

Lighten +1 to +5
Normal *
Darken +1 to +5

Contrast

Adjusts the contrast between dark and light areas of

the original.

More +1 to +5
Normal *
Less +1 to +5

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.
Continue customizing the E-mail Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

163

Feature Defaults

Fax Defaults
1.
2.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Defaults and press OK.
The following Fax Defaults options and settings are available:
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option

4.
5.
6.

164

Description

Settings

Lighten/Darken

Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken

setting for Fax jobs.

Lighten +1 to +5
Normal *
Darken +1 to +5

Contrast

Adjusts the contrast between dark and light areas of

the original.

More +1 to +5
Normal *
Less +1 to +5

Resolution

Use this option to select the default Resolution setting

for Fax jobs.

Standard *
Fine
Super Fine
Photo Fax
Color Fax

Original Size

Use this option to select the default Original Size

setting for Fax jobs.

A4
A5
B5
Letter *
Executive
Folio
Oficio
Legal

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.
Continue customizing the Fax Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Print Setup

Print Setup
1.
2.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
The following Print Setup options and settings are available:
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option

3.
4.
5.

Description

Setting

Orientation

Selects the direction in which information is printed on

the page. Portrait is printed on the long edge vertically
and Landscape horizontally.

Portrait *
Landscape

Quantity

Sets the default quantity.

Default setting
1-999
1*

Resolution

Sets the dots per inch. The higher the resolution, the
sharper the printed image.

600 dpi-Normal
1200 dpi-Best

Darkness

Lightens or darkens the print on the page.

Normal *
Light
Dark

Darken Text

Prints text darker than on a normal document.

Off *
Lighter
Normal
Darker

Emulation

Sets the emulation type and option.

Emulation Type
Setup

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.
Continue customizing the Print Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

165

Fax Setup

Fax Setup
Your machine provides you with various user-selectable options for setting up the fax system. You can
change the default settings for your preferences and needs.

Enable/Disable
Use this option to enable or disable the Fax service:
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Enable/Disable and press OK.
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Enabled or Disabled. Press OK.
5. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Sending
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK.
If necessary, enter the Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup
Options on page 154 for instructions.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Sending and press OK.
The following Sending options and settings are available:
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option

166

Description

Settings

Redial Times

You can specify the number of redial attempts. If you

enter 0, the machine will not redial.

0 - 13 Times
7*

Redial Term

Your machine can automatically redial a remote fax

machine if it was busy. You can set an interval between
attempts.

1 - 15 Minutes
3*

Prefix Dial

You can set a prefix of up to five digits. This number

dials before any automatic dial number is started.

Fax: (enter up to 5
numbers to set the
prefix)

ECM (Error Correction

Mode)

This mode helps with poor line quality and makes sure
any faxes you send are sent smoothly to any other
ECM-equipped fax machine. Sending a fax using ECM
may take more time.

On *
Off

Send Report

Enables or disables printing of a confirmation report

showing whether the fax was successful or not.

On Error *
On
Off

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Setup

Option

Description

Settings

Image TCR

Enables or disables the printing of a transmission

report with a reduced image of the first page of the fax
that was sent.

On *
Off

Dial Mode

Sets the dialling mode to either tone or pulse.

Tone *
Pulse

Off *
On

Note: May not be available in some regions.

Toll Save

5.
6.
7.
8.

Sends faxes at a preset toll-saving time to save on call

costs.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using
the keypad.
Press OK to save the selection.
Continue customizing the Sending options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Receiving
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK.
If necessary, enter the Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup
Options on page 154 for instructions.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receiving and press OK.
The following Receiving options and settings are available:
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option

Description

Settings

Receive Mode

You can select the default fax

receiving mode.

Fax *
Tel
Ans
Fax
DRPD

Ring to Answer

You can specify the number of

times the machine rings before
answering an incoming call.

1 - 7 Times
1*

Stamp RCV Name

This option allows the machine

to automatically print the page
number, and the date and time
of reception at the bottom of
each page of a received fax.

On
Off *

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

167

Fax Setup

Option

Description

Settings

RCV Start Code

This code allows you to initiate

fax reception from an extension
phone plugged into the EXT
socket on the back of the
machine. If you pick up the
extension phone and hear fax
tones, enter the code. It is preset
to *9* at the factory.

Enter code between 0 - 9

Auto Reduction

When receiving a fax containing

pages longer than the paper
loaded in the paper tray, the
machine can reduce the size of
the image to fit the size of the
paper loaded in the machine.

On *
Off

Note: With this feature set to

Off, the image will be divided
and printed actual size on two or
more pages.
Discard Size

Discards a specific length from

the end of the received fax.

00-30
20 *

Junk Fax Setup

Allows numbers that have been

sent to the device to be selected
as junk fax numbers.

On
Off *

DRPD Mode

Enables a user to use a single

telephone line to answer several
different telephone numbers.
You can set the machine to
recognize different ring patterns
for each number.

Waiting Ring

2-Sided Print

Prints faxes on both sides of the

paper either in a portrait or
landscape orientation.

Off *
Flip on Long Edge
Flip on Short Edge

Local Drive Saving

(3325DN/DNI only)

Stores received faxes in the

common box on the local drive.

Off *
On

Setting up DRPD Mode

To set up the DRPD mode:
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receiving and press OK.
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Mode and press OK.

168

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Setup

5.
6.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight DRPD and press OK.

Waiting Ring appears on the display.
Call your fax number from another telephone. It is not necessary to place the call from a fax
machine. When your machine begins to ring, do not answer the call. The machine requires several
rings to learn the pattern.
When the machine completes learning, the display shows Completed DRPD Setup. If the DRPD
setup fails, Error DRPD Ring appears.
Press OK when DRPD appears.
Notes:

DRPD must be set up again if you re-assign your fax number, or connect the machine to
another telephone line.
After DRPD has been set up, call your fax number again to verify that the machine
answers with a fax tone. Then have a call placed to a different number assigned to that
same line to be sure the call is forwarded to the extension telephone or answering
machine plugged into the EXT socket.

Auto Report
You can set the machine to print a report with detailed information about the previous 50
communication operations, including time and dates.
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Auto Report and press OK.
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On to automatically print a report, or Off to switch off the
feature. Press OK.
5. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

169

System Setup

System Setup
System Setup options enable you to customize settings which are specific to the machine, such as Date
& Time and Power Save.

Machine Settings
1.
2.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Machine Settings and press OK.
The following Machine Settings options and settings are available:
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option

Description

Settings

Machine ID

Use this option to enter a name

for your machine.

Machine Fax No.

Use this option to enter the fax

number for your machine.

Fax:

Date & Time

When you set the time and date,

they are used in delay fax and
delay print options, and printed
on reports.

00-00-0000 [MDY]
00:00 AM

Note: If the machines power is

cut off, you need to reset the
correct time and date once the
power has been restored.

170

Clock Mode

You can set your machine to

display the current time using
either a 12-hour or 24-hour
format.

12 Hours *
24 Hours

Language

Use this option to set the

message display language.

English *
List of Available Languages

Default Mode

Your machine is preset to Copy

mode. You can switch this
default mode between Fax mode
and Copy mode.

Copy *
Scan
E-mail
Fax

Metric Defaults

Use to set the machine to

display measurements in
millimeters or inches.

inches *
mm

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

System Setup

Option

Description

Settings

Default Paper Size

Use this option to set the default

size of paper.

Letter *
A4

Power Save

Use this option to set the time

the machine waits before
entering Power Save mode.

1 min *
5 Min
10 Min
15 Min
20 Min
30 Min
45 Min
60 Min
120 Min

Wakeup Event

Use this option to determine

what wakes the machine up
from Power Save mode.

Button Press On */ Off

Scanner
On / Off
Printer
On / Off

System Timeout

Sets the elapsed time before the

machine reverts to default
settings.

15 Sec
30 Sec *
60 Sec
120 Sec
180 Sec

Job Timeout

Sets the elapsed time before the

printing the last page of a print
job that does not end with a
command to print the page.

(15-300 sec) 15 *

Configuration Page

Enables a report detailing all the

machine settings to be printed.

On *
Off

Altitude Adjustment

The xerographic process used in

your machine to make prints is
affected by air pressure. Air
pressure is determined by the
height of the machine above sea
level. The machine will
automatically compensate for
differences in air pressure if you
enable the feature.

Normal *
High 1
High 2
High 3

Auto Continue

Determines whether or not the

machine continues printing
when it detects the paper does
not match the paper settings.

On *
Off

Line Termination

Sets the default line termination.

LF *
LF+CR

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

171

System Setup

Option

4.
5.
6.

172

Description

Settings

Auto Tray Switch

Determines whether or not the

machine continues printing
when a tray runs out of paper.
When On is selected, the paper
supply will be switched to an
alternative tray if possible and
printing will continue.

On *
Off

Paper Substitution

Automatically substitutes the

printer drivers paper size to
prevent the paper mismatch
between Letter and A4. For
example, if you have A4 paper in
the tray and you select Letter in
the printer driver, the machine
prints on A4 paper and vice
versa.

On
Off *

Paper Mismatch

Determines whether to disregard

the paper mismatch error or not.
If Off is selected, the machine
continues to print even if the
paper mismatches.

On *
Off

Toner Save

Activating this mode extends the

life of your print cartridge and
reduces costs. Some loss of print
quality may occur.

On
Off *

Import Setting

Imports data stored on a USB

Memory Device to the machine.

Address Book
Setup Data

Export Setting

Exports data stored on the

machine to a USB Memory
Device.

Address Book
Setup Data

Earth Smart Settings

Enables you to save print

resources and enables
eco-friendly printing. The
Onforce setting requires a
password to turn Earth Smart
off.

Default Mode: Off */On/Onforce

Selects the Earth Smart template

set from the CentreWare
Internet Services.

Select Template:
Default */Custom

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

System Setup

Continue customizing the Machine Settings as required, then press Stop to return to Ready
mode.

Paper Setup
After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size and type using the control panel. These
settings will apply to Copy and Fax modes.
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.
The following Paper Setup options and settings are available:
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option
Paper Size

Description
This is the most common paper size
that will be used in the machine and is
the size the machine will feed if a
specific size is not selected.

Settings

Tray 1
Tray 2

Letter *
Legal
Oficio
US Folio
A4
ISO B5
JIS B5
Executive
A5

A6
Custom

Bypass Tray

Letter *
Legal
Oficio
US Folio
A4
ISO B5
JIS B5
Executive
A5
A6
Monarch Env
DL Env
C5 Env
C6 Env
No.10 Env
Postcard
Custom

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

173

System Setup

Option
Paper Type

Description
Sets the type of paper in the tray.

Settings

Tray 1
Tray 2

Plain *
Thick
Thin
Recycled

Cardstock
Bond

Bypass Tray

Sets the paper tray to be used for

Copy, Print and Fax jobs.

Copy Tray
Fax Tray
Print Tray

Tray 1
Tray 2
Bypass Tray
Tray 1 / 2
Auto *

Margin

Sets the paper margins.

Simplex Margin: Sets the margin for
one-sided printing.
Duplex Margin: Sets the margin for
double-sided printing.
Binding: When printing on both sides
of the paper, the side A margin closest
to the binding will be the same as the
side B margin closest to the binding.
Likewise, the side margins farthest
from the binding will be the same.
Top Margin: Sets the top margin for
emulation printed pages.
Left Margin: Sets the left margin for
emulation printed pages.

Common
Margin
Bypass Tray
Tray X
Emulation
Margin

Simplex Margin
Duplex Margin
Binding
Top Margin
Left margin

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

System Setup

Option

4.
5.
6.
7.

Description

Settings

Tray Confirm

Activates the tray confirmation

message. If you open and close a tray,
a message displays asking whether to
set the paper size and type for the tray
just opened.

Tray 1
Tray 2
Bypass Tray

Bypass Mode

Allows for printing from the Bypass

Tray regardless of the media loaded or
the job attributes.

On
Off *

On / Off *
On / Off *
On / Off *

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using
the keypad.
Press OK to save the selection.
Continue customizing the Paper Settings options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready
mode.

Sound/Volume
1.
2.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Sound/Volume and press OK.
The following Sound/Volume options and settings are available:
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option

4.
5.

Description

Settings

Key Sound

Use to set if the beep sound is On or Off when a key is

pressed.

Off *
On

Alarm Sound

Turns the alarm sound On or Off. With this option set

to On, an alarm tone sounds when an error occurs or
fax communication ends.

On *
Off

Speaker

Turns sounds from the telephone speaker such as a dial

tone or a fax tone on or off. The Comm. settings sets
the speaker to on until the remote machine answers.

On
Off
Comm. *

Ringer

Adjusts the ringer volume.

Off
Low
Mid *
High

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

175

System Setup

Continue customizing the Sound Settings as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Maintenance
1.
2.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Maintenance and press OK.
The following Maintenance options and settings are available:
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.
Option
Supplies Life

4.
5.
6.

Description
Use this option to view or print usage
information for the supplies.

Settings

Supplies Info

Print? Yes * | No

Total

125 Pages

ADF Scan

125 Pages

Platen Scan

125 Pages

32 *- 64 MB

Toner Low Alert

Use this option to enable an alert to

display when the toner is low.

On *
Off

Serial Number

Displays the serial number of the

machine.

Serial No.

Ram Disk
(3315DN Model only)

Allocates part of the Ram Disk to the

job storage area.

Enable
Disable *

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.
Continue customizing the Maintenance options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready
mode.

Clear Settings
You can selectively clear information stored in your machines memory.
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Clear Settings and press OK.

176

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

System Setup

The following Clear Settings options and settings are available:

Option

4.
5.
6.

Description

Settings

All Settings

Clears all of the data stored in

memory and resets all of your settings
to the factory default.

Clear? Yes * | No

Fax Setup

Clears all Fax Setup settings and

restores all of the fax options to the
factory default.

Clear? Yes * | No

Copy Setup

Clears all Copy Setup settings and

restores all of the Copy options to the
factory default.

Clear? Yes * | No

Scan Setup

Clears all Scan Setup settings and

restores all of the scan options to the
factory default.

Clear? Yes * | No

E-mail Setup

Clears all E-mail Setup settings and

restores all of the e-mail options to the
factory default.

Clear? Yes * | No

System Setup

Clears all System Setup settings and

restores all of the system options to
the factory default.

Clear? Yes * | No

Network Setup

Resets all the network settings back to

the factory defaults.

Clear? Yes * | No

Address Book

Clears the Address Book entries

Clear? Yes * | No

Fax Sent

Resets the Fax Sent records

Clear? Yes * | No

E-mail Sent

Resets the E-mail Sent records

Clear? Yes * | No

Fax Received

Resets the Fax Received records

Clear? Yes * | No

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight Yes to clear the settings back to factory defaults, or No to
keep the settings programmed. Press OK.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Image Overwrite
Use this option to enable the Image Overwrite activity after each job.
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Image Overwrite and press OK.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

177

System Setup

4.
5.

178

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Enable or Disable and press OK. If Enable is selected, press
OK to confirm Overwrite Now?
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Network Settings

Network Settings
You may set up the network using the machine's display screen. Before doing that, you must have the
relevant information concerning the type of network protocols and computer system you use. If you
are not sure which setting to use, contact your System Administrator to configure this machine on the
network, or refer to the System Administrator Guide for instructions.
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Network Settings and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
The following Network Settings options and settings are available:
Option

3.
4.

Description

Settings

TCP/IPv4

Select appropriate protocol and configure parameters

to use the network environment.

DHCP *
BOOTP
Static

TCP/IPv6

Select appropriate protocol and configure parameters

to use the network environment.

IPv6 Activate *
DHCPv6 Config

Ethernet Speed

Configure the network transmission speed.

Automatic *
10Mbps Half
10Mbps Full
100Mbps Half
100Mbps Full
1Gbps Full
(3325DN/DNI only)

802.1x

Use to enable 802.1x and CentreWare Internet

Services.

On
Off *

Wireless
(3325DNI only)

Use to enable the machine to be configured on a

wireless network connection.

Wi-Fi ON/OFF
WPS Settings
WLAN Setting
WLAN Default
WLAN Signal

Clear Settings

Reverts the network settings to the default values.

Clear? Yes / No

Network
Configuration

Enables printing of the Configuration report.

Print? Yes / No

Net Activate

Turns access to the Ethernet network on or off.

On *
Off

Http Activate

Enables Http on the machine giving access to the

embedded web page.

On *
Off

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

179

Network Settings

180

Continue customizing the Network Setting options as required, then press Stop to return to
Ready mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Local Drive

Local Drive
The Local Drive feature enables scanned documents to be stored in folders at a ___location on the
machines optional HDD. The folders are set up by your System Administrator using CentreWare
Internet Services. Once stored, the documents can then be accessed for printing.
Note: This feature is available on the WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI models only.
1.
2.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Local Drive and press OK. If necessary, enter the
Administrators Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for
instructions.
The following Local Drive options and settings are available:
Options

3.
4.
5.

Description

Settings

Local Drive Feature

Enables or disables the local drive feature.

This feature allows you to scan to or print from the
Local Drive. Folders can be created within the Internet
Services Local Drive page, and scanned documents can
be viewed in a list within the Local Drive page

Scan to Local Drive

Print from Local
Drive

Open Folder Feature

Allows you to set defaults for the scan to and print

from Open Folder feature

Filename List

Local Drive Setup

Allows you to set defaults for the scan to and print

from local drive feature

Scan to Local Drive

Print from Local
Drive

Open Folder Setup

Allows you to set defaults for the scan to and print

from the Open Folder feature

Scan Setup
Print Setup

Local Drive Report

Enables printing of a list of the files on the local drive.

Default Public
[Folder List]

Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.
Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.
Continue customizing the Local Drive options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready
mode.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

181

Local Drive

182

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

General Care and

Troubleshooting

This chapter includes:

General Care on page 184
Troubleshooting on page 190
Further Assistance on page 223

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

183

General Care

General Care
There is only one customer replaceable consumable in the machine, the print cartridge.To place an
order for Xerox consumables, please contact your local Xerox Representative giving your Company
Name, product number and the machine serial number. Supplies can also be ordered from
www.xerox.com, refer to Support on page 142 for further information.
The machine serial number can be displayed by pressing the Machine Status button, then highlighting
Machine Information and pressing OK before pressing the down arrow button to scroll to Serial
Number. For further information about locating the serial number, please refer to Locating the Serial
Number on page 223.

Print Cartridge
To avoid print quality problems resulting from worn parts and
to maintain your machine in top working condition, the print
cartridge will need to be replaced after printing the specified
number of pages or when the life span of the cartridge has
expired.
The machine will display a message when the print cartridge
needs to be replaced. Only replace the cartridge when a
message instructs you to do so or when instructed by a Xerox
representative. To replace the print cartridge follow the
instructions provided within this guide or with the
consumable.
WARNING: When replacing consumables, DO NOT
remove the covers or guards that are fastened with
screws. You cannot maintain or service any of the parts that are behind these covers and guards.
Do NOT attempt any maintenance procedure that is NOT specifically described in the
documentation supplied with your machine.

Storage and Handling

Follow the guidelines below for storing and handling consumables:
Always store cartridges unopened and inside their original package.
Store the correct side up in a horizontal position (not standing on end).
Do not store consumables in:
Temperatures greater than 40C (104F).
Humidity range less than 20% and not greater than 80%.
An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.
Direct sunlight or room light.
Dusty places.
A vehicle for a long period of time.

184

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

General Care

An environment where corrosive gases are present.

An environment with salty air.
Do not store consumables directly on the floor.
Do not touch the surface of the photosensitive drum in the print cartridge.
Do not expose the print cartridge to unnecessary vibrations or shock.
Never manually rotate the drum in the print cartridge, especially in the reverse direction; this can
cause internal damage and toner spillage.

Replacing the Print Cartridge

The print cartridge contains components that are sensitive to light, temperature, and humidity. Follow
the recommendations provided to ensure the optimum performance, highest quality, and longest life
from your new print cartridge.
Store the cartridge in the same environment as the printer it will be used in; this should be in controlled
office temperature and humidity conditions. The print cartridge should remain in its original, unopened
package until installation. If the original packaging is not available, cover the top opening of the
cartridge with paper and store in a dark cabinet. Opening the cartridge package prior to use
dramatically shortens its operating life.
When the print cartridge is empty the Toner is empty. Replace with new one message appears on the
display screen. The machine stops printing and incoming faxes are saved in memory. At this stage the
print cartridge needs to be replaced. Replace the print cartridge using the following instructions.
1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine.
2. Open the front door.
3. Pull the print cartridge out.

1
33

4.
5.
6.

Remove the new print cartridge from the packaging.

Remove the protective sheet from the cartridge and the plastic handle that is attached to the
protective sheet.
Carefully pull the tape out of the cartridge.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

185

General Care

Slowly shake the cartridge five or six times to distribute

the toner evenly inside the cartridge.
Note: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry
cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water sets
toner into fabric.
CAUTION: Do not touch the green underside of the print
cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to avoid
touching this area.

Hold the print cartridge by the handle and slowly insert the cartridge into the opening in the
machine.
9. Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and corresponding
grooves within the machine will guide the cartridge into
the correct position until it locks into place.
10. Close the front door. Make sure that the door is securely
closed.

Checking the Supplies Life

1.
2.
3.

Press Machine Status on the control panel.

Press the up/down arrows to highlight Toner Level and press OK. The level of toner remaining is
indicated on the status bar.
Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Cleaning the Machine

WARNING: When cleaning the machine do NOT use organic or strong chemical solvents or
aerosol cleaners. Do NOT pour fluids directly onto any area. Use supplies and cleaning materials
only as directed in this documentation. Keep all cleaning materials out of the reach of children.
WARNING: Do not use pressurized air-spray cleaning aids on or in this equipment. Some
pressurized air-spray containers contain explosive mixtures and are not suitable for use in
electrical applications. Use of such cleaners can result in a risk of explosion and fire.

186

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

General Care

Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport (CVT) Glass

To ensure optimum print quality at all times, regularly clean the glass areas of your machine. This helps
avoid output with lines, streaks, smears, spots and other marks that may appear on the output when
scanning documents.
When you use the automatic document feeder, your documents will pass over the stationary scanner
using the constant velocity transport (CVT) glass. Any dirt or marks on this piece of glass will cause lines
or streaks on your copies, faxes or scanned images. Also, any marks or dirt on the constant velocity
transport (CVT) glass cover may show through the document and appear on your scanned images.
1. Use a lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with Xerox
Anti-Static or general cleaning fluid or another suitable
non-abrasive glass cleaner to clean the document glass
34
1 and the constant velocity transport glass 2 .
31
2. Wipe away any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.
2
3. Use a lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with water, Xerox
cleaning fluid or Xerox film remover to clean the under
side of the automatic document feeder 3 and the
12
constant velocity transport glass cover 4 .

Control Panel, Automatic Document Feeder and

Output Tray
Regular cleaning keeps the display, control panel and other
machine areas free from dust and dirt.
1. Use a soft, lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with water.
2. Wipe clean the entire area of the control panel, including the display.
3. Wipe clean the automatic document feeder, output tray, paper trays and other outside areas of
your machine.
4. Remove any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

187

General Care

Internal Areas
During the printing process, paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the machine. This
can cause print quality problems, such as toner specks or smearing. Cleaning inside the machine clears
and reduces these problems.
1. Turn the machine off and unplug the power cord. Wait
for the machine to cool down.
2. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine
and open the front door.
3. Pull the print cartridge out and place it on a clean flat
1
surface.
33

CAUTIONS:
To prevent damage to the print cartridge, do not
expose it to light for more than a few minutes. Cover
it with a piece of paper, if necessary.
Do not touch the green surface on the underside of
the print cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge
to avoid touching this area.
With a dry, lint-free cloth, wipe away any dust and spilled
toner from the print cartridge area.
CAUTION: While cleaning the inside of the machine, be
careful not to damage the transfer roller or any other
inside parts. Do not use solvents such as benzene or
thinner to clean. Printing quality problems can occur and
damage can be caused to the machine.

188

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

General Care

Re-install the print cartridge. Tabs on the sides of the

cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine
will guide the cartridge into the correct position until it
locks into place. Close the front door.
Plug in the power cord and turn the machine on.

Moving the Machine

When moving the machine, do not tilt or turn it upside down as the inside of the machine may
become contaminated with toner, which can cause damage to the machine or adversely affect
print quality.
When moving the machine, make sure at least two people are holding the machine securely.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

189

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting
If a problem occurs, messages appear on the control panel display to indicate the error. Perform the
following problem solving procedure:
1. When errors occur, Check Status appears on the display. Press OK.
2. Check the display message to see what kind of error has occurred.
If several messages appear, press the up/down arrows to highlight the message you want solve.
3. Use the following information to resolve the problem:
Redistributing Toner on page 191
Automatic Document Feeder Jams on page 192
Paper Jams on page 194
Error Messages on page 200
Paper Feeding Problems on page 205
Printing Problems on page 207
Copying Problems on page 219
Scanning Problems on page 220
Fax Problems on page 221
4. Press OK on the control panel. If Check Status still appears, repeat the procedure.
5. If the problem cannot be resolved, power off and on, and try the job again.
If the problem persists, call for service. When you call for service, provide the service representative
with the contents of the display message.

Status / Wireless LED

The color of the Status / Wireless LED located on the control panel indicates the machines current
status. The table below describes the various indicators.
Note: Some LEDs may not be available, depending on machine configuration.
LED
Status LED

190

Color

Status

Description

None

Off

Machine is offline

Green

The machine is on-line and can be used.

Green

Blinking

When the backlight blinks. the machine is printing data.

Orange

A cover is open. Close the cover.

There is no paper in the tray. Load paper in the tray.
The machine has stopped due to a fault. Check the
display message to resolve.
The print cartridge has reached its estimated end of
life. Replace the print cartridge - see Replacing the
Print Cartridge on page 185

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

LED

Wireless LED

Color

Status

Description

Orange

Blinking

A minor error has occurred and the machine is waiting

for the error to be corrected. Check the display
message. When the problem is resolved, the machine
resumes.
The print cartridge is near its estimated end of life.
Prepare a new cartridge for replacement. You may
temporarily increase the printing quality by
redistributing the toner - see Redistributing Toner on
page 191.

Blue

This is the default setting. Also shows blue when the

machine is connected to a wireless network.

Redistributing Toner
When the print cartridge is near the end of its life:
White streaks or light printing occurs.
Toner is Low. Order new one appears on the display.
If this happens, you can temporarily improve print quality by redistributing the remaining toner in the
cartridge. In some cases, white streaks or light printing will still occur even after you have redistributed
the toner.
1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine.
2. Open the front door.
3. Pull the print cartridge out.

1
33

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

191

Troubleshooting

Slowly shake the cartridge five or six times to distribute

5.
6.

Hold the print cartridge by the handle and slowly insert

the cartridge into the opening in the machine.
Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and corresponding
grooves within the machine will guide the cartridge into
the correct position until it is fully pushed into place.
Close the front door. Ensure that the door is securely
closed.

Automatic Document Feeder Jams

When an original gets jammed while passing through the automatic document feeder, a warning
message appears on the display screen.
CAUTION: To avoid tearing the document, remove the jammed document slowly and gently.
Note: To prevent document jams, use the document glass for thick, thin, or mixed paper-type
originals.
1.

192

Remove any remaining pages from the automatic document feeder.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Open the automatic document feeder cover.

Gently remove the jammed paper from the automatic

document feeder. If you see no paper in this area, go to
the next step.

If necessary, use two hands to raise the duplex cover and

pull any jammed originals gently out of the document
feeder. If you see no paper in this area, go to the next
step.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

193

Troubleshooting

Close the covers.

Lift the automatic document feeder and gently pull out

any jammed original. Close the automatic document
feeder.

Reload the removed pages back into the automatic document feeder and press the Start button
to resume the job.

Paper Jams
Tips for Avoiding Paper Curls
1.

194

Open the rear door.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

2.
3.

Pull down the pressure levers 1 about 90 degrees.

Leave the rear door open.
Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex
jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door open will cause
paper jams.

Note: Only use when the printout has more than 20mm
curl.

Tips for Avoiding Paper Jams

By selecting the correct media types, most paper jams can be avoided. When a paper jam occurs, refer
to Paper Jams on page 194.
Ensure that the adjustable guides on the paper tray are positioned correctly. (See Loading Paper
Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)
Do not overload the tray. Ensure that the paper level is below the paper capacity mark on the
inside of the tray.
Do not remove paper from the tray while your machine is printing.
Flex, fan, and straighten paper before loading.
Do not use creased, damp, or highly curled paper.
Do not mix paper types in a tray.
Use only recommended print media. (See Media Types on page 151.)
Ensure that the recommended side of the print media is facing down in the tray, or facing up in
the bypass tray.
Do not print duplex output with the rear door open.
When a paper jam occurs, a warning message appears on the display screen.
CAUTION: To avoid tearing the paper, pull the jammed paper out slowly and gently. Follow the
instructions in the following sections to clear the jam.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

195

Troubleshooting

Paper Tray 1
1.

3.
4.

Press the release latch on the left side of the machine

and open then close the front door. The jammed paper is
automatically ejected from the machine.
If the paper does not exit, go to the next step.
Pull out paper tray 1.

Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight

out.
If the paper does not move when you pull, or if you do
not see the paper in this area, check the area around the
print cartridge. Refer to Inside the Machine on page 198.
Insert tray 1 back into the machine until it snaps into
place. Printing automatically resumes.

Optional Paper Tray 2

1.
2.

196

Pull out paper tray 2.

Remove the jammed paper from the machine.
If the paper does not move when you pull it or if you do
not see the paper in this area, stop and go to the next
step. If the paper has been removed, insert tray 2 back
into the machine until it snaps into place. Printing
automatically resumes.
Pull tray 1 half-way out.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

4.
5.

Pull the paper straight up and out.

Insert the trays back into the machine. Printing
automatically resumes.

Bypass Tray
1.
2.
3.

If the paper is not feeding properly, pull the paper out of

the machine.
Press the release latch on the left side of the machine
and open then close the front door.
Re-load the bypass tray to resume printing.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

197

Troubleshooting

Inside the Machine

CAUTION: The fuser area is hot. Take care when removing paper from the machine.
1.

Press the release latch on the left side of the machine

and open the front door. Pull the print cartridge out,
lifting it up slightly at the front.

1
33

2.
3.

Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight

out.
Replace the print cartridge. Tabs on the sides of the
cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine
will guide the cartridge into the correct position until it
locks into place. Close the front door. Printing
automatically resumes.

Output Area
1.

198

Press the release latch on the left side of the machine and open then close the front door. The
jammed paper is automatically ejected from the machine.
If no paper is automatically ejected and you do not see the jammed paper, go to the next step.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Gently pull the paper out of the output tray.

If you do not see the jammed paper or if there is any
resistance when you pull, stop and go to the next step.

3.
4.

Open the rear door.

If you see the jammed paper, pull down the pressure
levers on each side about 90 degrees and remove the
paper.
If you still do not see the paper, go to step 1 in the next
section, otherwise close the rear cover. Printing
automatically resumes.

1
33

Duplex Unit Area

If the duplex unit is not inserted correctly, a paper jam may occur. To avoid paper jams, make sure that
the duplex unit is inserted correctly with the edges of the unit aligned with the feed grooves on the
inside of the machine. The duplex unit is located at the rear of the machine.
1. .Pull the duplex unit out of the machine.
2. Remove the jammed paper from the duplex unit
If the paper does not come out with the duplex unit, go
to the next step.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

199

Troubleshooting

Remove the paper from the bottom of the machine.

Insert the duplex unit back into the machine, aligning

the edges of the unit with the feed grooves on the inside
of the machine. Make sure the duplex unit is fully pushed
in.
If paper is still jammed, go to the next step.

Open the rear door. If you see the jammed paper, pull
down the pressure levers on each side about 90 degrees
and remove the paper as shown in the illustration.
Close the rear door. Printing automatically resumes.
2

1
33

Error Messages
Use the following information to solve problems on the machine. Some messages may not appear on
the display depending on options or models.

200

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

[xxx] indicates the media type, [zzz] indicates the paper size, [yyy] indicates the tray.
Message

Meaning

Suggested Solutions

BOOTP problem
BOOTP has a problem.
Reconfigure DHCP/static IP

There is a problem with the

network.

Check your network

environment, or contact your
network administrator.

BOOTP problem
BOOTP has a problem. Switching
to Auto IP

There is a problem with the

network.

Check your network

environment, or contact your
network administrator.

Connection Error

Connection with the SMTP server

failed.

Check the server settings and

the network cable.

Data Read Fail

Check USB key

Time expired while reading data.

Try again.

Data Write Fail

Check USB key

Storing to the USB memory failed.

Check the available USB

memory space.

DHCP problem
DHCP has a problem. Reconfigure
BOOTP/static IP

There is a problem with the

network.

Check your network

environment, or contact your
network administrator.

DHCP problem
DHCP has a problem. Switching to
Auto IP

There is a problem with the

network.

Check your network

environment, or contact your
network administrator.

Door is open.
Close it

The front door or fuser door is not

securely latched.

Close the front door until it

locks into place.
Close the fuser door until it
locks into place.

Enter Again

Your entry was incorrect.

Input the correct entry.

File Format is Not Supported

The selected file format is not

supported.

Use the correct file format.

Fuser error

There is a problem in the machine.

Turn the machine off and turn

it on again. If the problem
persists, call for service.

Group Not Available

You have tried to select a group

___location number where only a
single ___location number can be
used, such as when adding
locations for a multiple send
operation.

Use a speed dial number or

dial number manually using
the number keypad.

IP Conflict
This IP address conflicts with that
of other system

The IP address is used elsewhere.

Check the IP address or obtain

a new IP address.

Jam bottom of duplex

Paper has jammed during duplex

printing.

Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 194.)

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

201

Troubleshooting

Message

Meaning

Suggested Solutions

Jam in exit area

Paper has jammed in exit area.

Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 194.)

Jam inside Machine

Paper has jammed inside the

machine.

Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 194.)

Jam top of duplex

Paper has jammed during duplex

printing.

Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 194.)

Junk Fax Error

Junk Fax Job Cancelled

The machine has received a fax

from a fax number registered as a
junk fax.

The received fax data will be

deleted. Reconfirm junk fax
setup. (See Fax Setup on
page 166.)

Line Busy
The line is already engaged.
Try later

The receiving fax machine did not

answer or the line is already
engaged.

Try again after a few minutes.

Line Error
The Fax Line has a problem.
Try again

Your machine cannot connect with

the receiving fax machine or has
lost contact because of a problem
with the phone line.

Try again. If the problem

persists, wait an hour or so for
the line to clear again. Or, turn
the ECM mode on (See Fax
Setup on page 166.)

Mail Size Error

Mail exceeds than server support

The mail size is larger than the

supported size by SMTP server.

Divide your mail or reduce the

resolution.

Mail Size Error

One Page is Too Large

Single page data exceeds the

configured mail size.

Reduce the resolution and try

again.

Memory Full

The memory is full.

Press the left/right arrows to

highlight Cancel or Start, then
press OK. If you select Cancel,
the machine stops the Fax job.
If you select Start, the
machine only sends scanned
documents of the Fax job.

Memory Full
Divide the Job

The memory is full.

Split the transmission into

more than one operation.

Memory Full
Fax memory is full. Print or remove
received Fax job

The memory is full.

Print or remove the received

fax data in the memory.

Network Error
There is a problem with the
network.

There is a problem with the

network.

Check your network

environment, or contact your
network administrator.

Network Problem
Network cable is not connected.
Check it

The machine is not connected

with a network cable.

Connect the machine to the

network with a network cable.

202

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Message

Meaning

Suggested Solutions

Network Problem
Network card is not installed.

There is a problem on the network

interface.

Turn the power switch off and

on. If the problem persists, call
for service.

No Answer
The remote fax machine has not
answered

The remote fax machine has not

answered after several redial
attempts.

Verify the number to ensure

that it is correct.

No such job

You are performing an Add Pages

or Cancel Job operation, but there
are no jobs waiting.

Check the display to see if

there are any scheduled jobs.
The display should indicate if
any scheduled jobs are in
Standby mode, for example,
Delay Fax.

Original paper Jam

The original has jammed in the

automatic document feeder.

Clear the jam. (See Automatic

Document Feeder Jams on
page 192.)

Output bin Full

Output bin Full. Remove printed
paper

The document output tray is full.

The document output tray can

hold up to 150 sheets of plain
paper. Once the paper is
removed from the document
output tray, the printer
resumes printing.

Paper Empty in [yyy]

Paper is empty in [yyy].
Load paper

There is no paper in the tray.

Load paper in the tray. (See

Loading Paper Tray 1 and
Paper Tray 2 (optional) on
page 144.)

Paper Jam in MPT

Paper has jammed in the Bypass

Tray area.

Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 194.)

Paper Jam in tray 1

Paper has jammed in the tray 1

area.

Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 194.)

Paper Jam in tray 2

Paper has jammed in the tray 2

area.

Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams

on page 194.)

Paper mismatch [yyy]

Load [zzz][xxx] Continue

The paper size specified in the

printer properties does not match
the paper you are loading.

Select Continue or Cancel. If

you select Cancel, the printing
job will stop. Load the correct
paper in the tray. If you select
Continue, the printing job will
continue.

The pickup roller has reached the

end of its lifespan.

This message appears when

the pickup roller is worn.
Replace the pickup roller with a
new one or call for service.

Pickup roller is worn

[yyy] pickup roller is worn.
Replace with new one

Cancel

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

203

Troubleshooting

Message

Meaning

Suggested Solutions

Retry Redial?

The machine is
waiting for a specified
time interval to redial
a previously busy
station.

You can press OK to

immediately redial, or Stop to
cancel the redial operation.

Self Diagnostics...
Please wait

The engine in your printer is

checking some problems detected.

Please wait a few minutes.

Send Error
There is a problem in DNS

There is a problem in DNS.

Configure the DNS setting.

Send Error
There is a problem in POP3

There is a problem in POP3.

Configure the POP3 setting.

Send Error
There is a problem in SMTP

There is a problem in SMTP.

Change to the available server.

Send Error
There is a problem in SMTP
authentication

There is a problem in SMTP

authentication.

Configure the authentication

setting.

Send Error
There is a problem on the NIC
Card

There is a problem on the network

interface card.

Turn the power switch off and

on. If the problem persists, call
for service.

Toner is empty
Toner is empty. Replace with new
one

The print cartridge has reached

the end of its lifespan. The printer
stops printing.

Replace the print cartridge.

(See Replacing the Print
Cartridge on page 185.)

Toner is Low
Toner is Low.
Order new one

Only a small amount of toner is

left in the print cartridge. The print
cartridge will need to be replaced
soon.

Prepare a new cartridge for

replacement. You may
temporarily increase the
printing quality by
redistributing the toner. (See
Redistributing Toner on
page 191.)

Toner Not Compatible

Print cartridge is not compatible.
Check guide

The print cartridge you have

installed is not for your machine.

Install a new print cartridge

designed for your machine.

Toner Not Installed

Print cartridge is not Installed.
Install it

The print cartridge is not installed.

Install the print cartridge.

Too many Faxes

Too may faxes are received.
Print or remove job.

There are too many received faxes

in the memory.

Print or remove received fax.

204

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Message

Meaning

Suggested Solutions

Too many Faxes

Too may faxes are queued.
Wait or remove job.

There are too many queued faxes

in the memory.

Cancel reserved fax in priority

fax feature.

[yyy] empty
Load [zzz][xxx]

There is no paper in
the tray.

Load paper in the tray. (See

Loading Paper Tray 1 and
Paper Tray 2 (optional) on
page 144.)

Tray2 Not Installed

Tray2 is not installed

The optional tray2 is not installed.

Install the optional tray 2. If

the optional tray 2 is installed,
check the cable connecting the
machine and the optional tray
2. If the problem persists, call
for service.

Tray2 has a problem

Communication problem occurred
with Tray2

The machine cannot

communicate the optional tray 2.

Check the cable connecting the

machine and the optional tray
2. If the problem persists, call
for service.

Common Problems
The following chart lists some conditions that may occur and the recommended solutions. Follow the
suggested solutions until the problem is corrected. If the problem persists, call for service.

Paper Feeding Problems

Condition

Suggested Solutions

Paper jams during printing.

Clear the paper jam. (See Paper Jams on page 194.)

Paper sticks together.

Check the maximum paper capacity of the tray. (See Media

Specifications on page 227.)
Make sure that you are using the correct type of paper. (See Media
Types on page 151.)
Remove paper from the tray and flex or fan the paper.
Humid conditions may cause some paper to stick together.
Different types of paper may be stacked in the tray. Load paper of only
one type, size, and weight.

Paper does not feed into the

machine.

Remove any obstructions from inside the machine.

Paper has not been loaded correctly. Remove paper from the tray and
reload it correctly.
There is too much paper in the tray. Remove excess paper from the tray.
The paper is too thick. Use only paper that meets the specifications
required by the machine. (See Media Specifications on page 227.)
If you are printing on special media, use the Bypass Tray.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

205

Troubleshooting

Condition

Suggested Solutions

The paper keeps jamming.

There is too much paper in the tray. Remove excess paper from the tray.
If you are printing on special materials, use the Bypass Tray.
An incorrect type of paper is being used. Use only paper that meets the
specifications required by the machine. (See Media Types on page 151.)
There may be debris inside the machine. Press the release latch on
the left side of the machine and open the front door, remove the
print cartridge and any debris. Reinsert the print cartridge.

Transparencies stick together in

the paper exit.

Use only transparencies specifically designed for laser printers. Remove

each transparency as it exits from the machine.

Envelopes skew or fail to feed

correctly.

Ensure that the paper guides are against both sides of the envelopes.

The originals keep jamming in

the automatic document feeder

If an original does not feed into the machine, the automatic document
feeder rubber pad may need to be replaced. Contact a service
representative.

206

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Printing Problems

Condition
The machine does not print.

Possible Cause

Suggested Solutions

The machine is not receiving

power.

Check the power cord connections.

Check the power switch and the
power source.

The machine is not selected as

the default machine.

Select your machine as your default

machine in Windows.

Check the machine for the following:

The front door is not closed. Close the front door.
Paper is jammed. Clear the paper jam. (See Paper Jams on page 194.)
No paper is loaded. Load paper. (See Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper
Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)
The print cartridge is not installed. Install the print cartridge.
If a system error occurs, contact your service representative.
The connection cable between
the computer and the machine
is not connected properly.

Disconnect the machine cable and

reconnect it.

The connection cable between

the computer and the machine
is defective.

If possible, attach the cable to

another computer that is working
properly and print a job. You can also
try using a different machine cable.

The port setting is incorrect.

Check the Windows printer setting to

make sure that the print job is sent
to the correct port. If the computer
has more than one port, make sure
that the machine is attached to the
correct one.

The machine may be

configured incorrectly.

Check the printer driver options to

ensure that all of the print settings
are correct. (See Print Procedure on
page 102.)

The printer driver may be

incorrectly installed.

Reinstall the printer software. (See

Install Printer Software on page 94.)

The machine is malfunctioning.

Check the display message on the

control panel to see if the machine is
indicating a system error. Contact a
service representative.

The document size is so big

that the hard disk space of the
computer is insufficient to
access the print job.

Get more hard disk space and print

the document again.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

207

Troubleshooting

Condition

Possible Cause

Suggested Solutions

The machine selects print

materials from the wrong paper
source.

The paper option that was

selected in the Printing
Preferences may be incorrect.

For many software applications, the

paper source selection is found under
the Paper tab within the Printing
Preferences. Select the correct paper
source. (See Paper Options on
page 105.)

A print job is extremely slow.

The job may be very complex.

Reduce the complexity of the page

or try adjusting the print quality
settings.
After 600 consecutive prints the
device print speed will slow down
until the current job completes. The
next job will return to rated speed.

Half the page is blank.

The machine prints, but the

text is wrong, garbled, or
incomplete.

208

The page orientation setting

may be incorrect.

Change the page orientation in your

application. See the printer driver
help screen.

The paper size and the paper

size settings do not match.

Ensure that the paper size in the

printer driver settings matches the
paper in the tray.
Or, ensure that the paper size in the
printer driver settings matches the
paper selection in the software
application settings you use.

The machine cable is loose or

defective.

Disconnect the machine cable and

reconnect. Try a print job that you
have already printed successfully. If
possible, attach the cable and the
machine to another computer that
you know works and try a print job.
Try a new machine cable.

The wrong printer driver was

selected.

Check the applications printer

selection menu to ensure that your
machine is selected.

The software application is

malfunctioning.

Try printing a job from another

application.

The operating system is

malfunctioning.

Exit Windows and reboot the

computer. Turn the machine off and
back on again.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Condition

Possible Cause

Suggested Solutions

Pages print, but they are blank.

The print cartridge is defective

or out of toner.

Redistribute the toner, if necessary.

If necessary, replace the print
cartridge.

The file may have blank pages.

Check the file to ensure that it does

not contain blank pages.

Some parts, such as the

controller or the board, may be
defective.

Contact a service representative.

The machine does not print

PDF file correctly. Some parts of
graphics, text, or illustrations
are missing.

Incompatibility between the

PDF file and the Acrobat
products.

Printing the PDF file as an image

may enable the file to print. Turn on
Print As Image from the Acrobat
printing options. It will take longer to
print when you print a PDF file as an
image.

The print quality of photos is

not good. Images are not clear.

The resolution of the photo is

very low.

Reduce the photo size. If you

increase the photo size in the
software application, the resolution
will be reduced.

Before printing, the machine

emits vapor near the output
tray.

Using damp paper can cause

vapor during printing.

Load a new batch of paper.

To avoid the paper absorbing too
much moisture, do not open
packages of paper until required.

The machine does not print

special- sized paper, such as
billing paper.

Paper size and paper size

setting do not match.

Set the correct paper size in the

Custom Paper Size Settings in the
Paper tab in the Printing
Preferences. (See Paper Options on
page 105.)

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

209

Troubleshooting

Common PostScript Problems

The following situations are PS language specific and may occur when several printer languages are
used.
Problem

Possible Cause

Solution

PostScript file cannot be printed.

The PostScript driver may not be

installed correctly.

Install the PostScript driver.

(See Install Printer Software on
page 94.)
Print a configuration page and
verify that the PS version is
available for printing.
If the problem persists, contact
a service representative.

Limit Check Error report prints.

The print job was too complex.

You might need to reduce the

complexity of the page or
install more memory. (Refer to
the System Administrator
Guide.)

A PostScript error page prints.

The print job may not be

PostScript.

Make sure that the print job is

a PostScript job. Check to see
whether the software
application expected a setup
or PostScript header file to be
sent to the machine.

The optional tray is not selected in

the driver.

The printer driver has not been

configured to recognize the
optional tray.

Open the PostScript driver

properties, select the Device
Settings tab, and set the tray
option of the Installable
Options section to Installed.

When printing a document in

Macintosh with Acrobat Reader
6.0 or higher, colors print
incorrectly.

The resolution setting in the

printer driver may not be matched
with the one in Acrobat Reader.

Make sure that the resolution

setting in your printer driver
matches the one in Acrobat
Reader.

210

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Common Windows Problems

Condition

Suggested Solutions

File in Use message appears during installation.

Exit all software applications. Remove all software

from the printers startup group, then restart
Windows. Re-install the printer driver.

General Protection Fault, Exception OE, Spool

32, or Illegal Operation messages appear.

Close all other applications, reboot Windows and

try printing again.

Fail To Print, A printer timeout error occurred

messages appear.

These messages may appear during printing. Just

keep waiting until the machine finishes printing.
If the message appears in standby mode or after
printing has been completed, check the
connection and/or whether an error has occurred.

Note: Refer to the Microsoft Windows User Guide supplied with your computer for further
information on Windows error messages.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

211

Troubleshooting

Common Linux Problems

Condition

Suggested Solutions

The machine does not print.

Check if the printer driver is installed on your system. Open the Unified
Driver Configurator and switch to the Printers tab in the Printers
configuration window to look at the list of available machines. Make
sure that your machine is displayed on the list. If not, open the Add new
printer wizard to set up your machine.
Check if the machine is started. Open the Printers configuration
window and select your machine from the printer list. Look at the
description in the Selected printer pane. If its status contains Stopped,
press the Start button. Normal operation of the machine should be
restored. The stopped status might be activated if problems in
printing occurred. For instance, this could be an attempt to print a
document when the port is being used by a scanning application.
Ensure the port is not busy. Since functional components of the
machine (printer and scanner) share the same I/O interface (port),
simultaneous access of different consumer applications to the same
port is possible. To avoid possible conflicts, only one of them at a time is
allowed to gain control over the machine. The other consumer will
encounter a device busy response. You should open the Ports
Configuration window and select the port assigned to your machine. In
the Selected port pane you can see if the port is occupied by some
other application. If this is the case, you should either wait for
completion of the current job or press the Release port button.
Check if your application has a special print option such as -oraw. If
-oraw is specified in the command line parameter, then remove it to
print properly. For Gimp front-end, select the print -> Setup printer
and edit command line parameters in the command item.
The CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) version distributed with SuSE
Linux 9.2 (cups-1.1.21) has a problem with ipp (Internet Printing
Protocol). Use the socket printing instead of ipp or install a later version
of CUPS (cups-1.1.22 or higher).

The machine does not print

whole pages, and output is
printed on half the page.

It is a known problem that occurs on version 8.51 or earlier of

Ghostscript, 64-bit Linux OS.The problem is solved in AFPL Ghostscript v.
8.52 or above. Download the latest version of AFPL Ghostscript from
http://sourceforge.net/projects/ghostscript/ and install it to solve this
problem.

Cannot scan via Gimp

Front-end.

Check if the Gimp Front-end has Xsane: Device dialog. on the Acquire
menu. If not, you should install the Xsane plug-in for Gimp on the your
computer. You can find the Xsane plug-in package for Gimp on the Linux
distribution CD or the Gimp home page. For detailed information, refer
to the Help for Linux distribution CD or the Gimp Front-end application.
If you wish to use another kind of scan application, refer to the
applications Help files.

212

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Condition

Suggested Solutions

Error message Cannot open

port device file displays when
printing a document.

Avoid changing print job parameters (via LPR GUI, for example) while a
print job is in progress. Known versions of CUPS server break the print
job whenever print options are changed and then try to restart the job
from the beginning. Since Unified Linux Driver locks the port while
printing, the abrupt termination of the driver keeps the port locked and
unavailable for subsequent Print jobs. If this situation occurs, try to
release the port by selecting Release port in Port configuration
window.

The machine does not appear

on the scanners list.

Ensure your machine is attached to your computer, connected properly

via the USB port, and is turned on.
Ensure the scanner driver for your machine is installed on your system.
Open Unified Linux Driver configurator, switch to Scanners
configuration, then press Drivers. Make sure that a driver with a name
corresponding to your machine's name is listed in the window.
Ensure the port is not busy. Since functional components of the
machine (printer and scanner) share the same I/O interface (port),
simultaneous access of different consumer applications to the same
port is possible. To avoid possible conflicts, only one of them at a time is
allowed to gain control over the machine. The other consumer will
encounter device busy response. This usually happens when starting a
scan procedure. An appropriate message box appears.
To identify the source of the problem, open the Ports configuration and
select the port assigned to your scanner, port's symbol /dev/mfp0
corresponds to LP:0 designation displayed in the scanners options,
/dev/mfp1 relates to LP:1, and so on. USB ports start at /dev/mfp4, so
scanner on USB:0 relates to /dev/mfp4 respectively and so forth
sequentially. In the Selected port pane, you can see if the port is
occupied by another application. If this is the case, you should either
wait for completion of the current job or press the Release port button.

The machine does not scan.

Ensure a document is loaded into the machine, ensure your machine is

connected to the computer.

Note: Refer to the Linux User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on Linux
error messages.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

213

Troubleshooting

Common Macintosh Problems

Condition

Suggested Solutions

The machine does not print

PDF files correctly. Some parts
of graphics, text, or illustrations
are missing.

Printing the PDF file as an image may enable the file to print. Turn on
Print As Image from the Acrobat printing options.
It will take longer to print when you print a PDF file as an image.

The document has printed, but

the print job has not
disappeared from the spooler in
Mac OS X10.3.2.

Update your MAC OS to OS X 10.3.3 or higher.

Some letters are not displayed

normally during the cover page
printing.

Mac OS cannot create the font during the cover page printing. The
English alphabet and numbers are displayed normally on the cover
page.

When printing a document in

Macintosh with Acrobat
Reader 6.0 or higher, colors
print incorrectly.

Make sure that the resolution setting in your machine driver matches
the one in Acrobat Reader.

Note: Refer to the Macintosh User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on
Macintosh error messages.

214

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Print Quality Problems

If the inside of the machine is dirty or paper has been loaded improperly, there might be a reduction in
print quality. See the table below to clear the problem.
Condition

Suggested Solutions

Light or faded print

If a vertical white streak or faded area appears on the page, the toner supply is low.
You may be able to temporarily extend the print cartridge life. (See Redistributing
Toner on page 191.) If this does not improve the print quality, install a new print
cartridge.
The paper may not meet paper specifications; for example, the paper may be too
moist or rough. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)
If the entire page is light, the print resolution setting is too low or the toner save
mode is on. Adjust the print resolution and turn the toner save mode off. See the
help screen of the printer driver.
A combination of faded or smeared defects may indicate that the print cartridge
needs replacing. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 185.)

Toner specks

The paper may not meet specifications; for example, the paper may be too moist or
rough. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)
The transfer roller may be dirty. Clean the inside of your machine. (See Internal
Areas on page 188.)
The paper path may need cleaning. (See Internal Areas on page 188.)

Dropouts

If faded areas, generally rounded, occur randomly on the page:

A single sheet of paper may be defective. Try reprinting the job.
The moisture content of the paper is uneven or the paper has moist spots on its
surface. Try a different brand of paper. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)
The paper is damaged. The manufacturing processes can cause some areas to reject
toner. Try a new ream or brand of paper.
Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click Paper tab,
and set type to Thick. (See Paper Options on page 105.)
If these steps do not correct the problem, contact a service representative.

A aBb C
A aBb C
A aBb C
A aBb C
A aBb C
White Spots

If white spots appear on the page:

The paper is too rough and dirt from the paper falls to the inner areas of the
machine on to the transfer roller. Clean the inside of your machine. (See Internal
Areas on page 188.).
The paper path may need cleaning. (See Internal Areas on page 188.)

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

215

Troubleshooting

Condition

Suggested Solutions

Vertical lines

If black vertical streaks appear on the page, isolate the problem to copying, printing or
scanning and perform the following:
If copying or scanning, check the CVT glass and document glass and if necessary
clean using a lint-free cloth. (See Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport
(CVT) Glass on page 187.)
If copying or printing, the surface (drum part) of the print cartridge inside the
machine has probably been scratched. Remove the print cartridge and install a new
one. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 185.)
If white vertical streaks appear on the page:

Background

If the amount of background shading becomes unacceptable:

Change to a lighter weight paper. (See Media Specifications on page 227 for
specifications.)
Check the environmental conditions: very dry conditions or a high level of humidity
(higher than 80% RH) can increase the amount of background shading.
Remove the old print cartridge and, install a new one. (See Replacing the Print
Cartridge on page 185.)
Use the Background Suppression feature in the Menu options.

Toner smear

If toner smears on the page:

Clean the inside of the machine. (See Internal Areas on page 188.)
Check the paper type and quality. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)
Remove the print cartridge and then, install a new one. (See Replacing the Print
Cartridge on page 185.)

Vertical repetitive
defects

If marks repeatedly appear on the printed side of the page at even intervals:
The print cartridge may be damaged, run a few prints through the machine and if
you still have the problem, remove the print cartridge and install a new one. (See
Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 185.)
Parts of the machine may have toner on them. If the defects occur on the back of
the page, the problem will likely correct itself after a few more pages.
The fusing assembly may be damaged. Contact a service representative.

Background scatter

Background scatter results from bits of toner randomly distributed on the printed page.
The paper may be too damp. Load a new batch of paper. Do not open packages of
paper until necessary so that the paper does not absorb too much moisture.
If background scatter occurs on an envelope, change the printing layout to avoid
printing over areas that have overlapping seams on the reverse side. Printing on
seams can cause problems.
If background scatter covers the entire surface area of a printed page, adjust the
print resolution through your software application or using the printer driver options.
(See Print Procedure on page 102.)

A
216

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Condition

Suggested Solutions

Misformed
characters

If characters are improperly formed and producing hollow images, the paper stock
may be too slick. Try different paper. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)
If characters are improperly formed and producing a wavy effect, the scanner unit
may need service. Contact a service representative.

Page skew

Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

Check the paper type and quality. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)
Ensure that the guides are not too tight or too loose against the paper stack. (See
Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)

A aBb
A aBb C
A aBb C
A aBb C
A aBb C c
Cc
Curl or wave

Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

Check the paper type and quality. Both high temperature and humidity can cause
paper curl. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)
Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 degrees in
the tray.
If the job is simplex, use the rear door as the output ___location. For instructions, refer
to Using the Rear Door on page 44.

Wrinkles or creases

Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

Check the paper type and quality. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)
Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 degrees in
the tray.
If the job is simplex, use the rear door as the output ___location. For instructions, refer
to Using the Rear Door on page 44.

Back of printouts
are dirty

Check for leaking toner. Clean the inside of the machine. (See Internal Areas on
page 188.)

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

217

Troubleshooting

Condition
Solid Black pages

Suggested Solutions
The print cartridge may not be installed properly. Remove the cartridge and reinsert
it.
The print cartridge may be defective. Remove the print cartridge and install a new
one. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 185.)
The machine may require repair. Contact a service representative.

Loose toner

Character Voids

Character voids are white areas within parts of characters that should be solid black:
If you are using transparencies, try another type of transparency. Because of the
composition of transparencies, some character voids are normal.
You may be printing on the wrong surface of the paper. Remove the paper and turn
it around.
The paper may not meet paper specifications. (See Media Specifications on
page 227.)

A
Horizontal stripes

A aBb C
A aBb C
A aBb C
A aBb C
A aBb C

218

If horizontally aligned black lines, stripes, streaks or smears appear:

The print cartridge may be installed improperly. Remove the cartridge and reinsert it.
The print cartridge may be defective. Remove the print cartridge and install a new
one. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 185.)
If the problem persists, the machine may require repair. Contact a service
representative.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Condition

Suggested Solutions

Curl

If the printed paper is curled or paper does not feed into the machine:
Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 in the tray.
Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click Paper tab,
and set type to Thin. (See Print Procedure on page 102.)

An unknown image
repetitively
appears on a few
sheets or loose
toner, light print, or
contamination
occurs.

Your machine is probably being used at an altitude of 1,500 m (4,921 ft) or above.
The high altitude may affect the print quality, such as loose toner or light imaging.
Change the correct altitude setting to your machine. (See Machine Settings on
page 170.)

Copying Problems

Condition

Suggested Solutions

Copies are too light

or too dark.

Use Darkness in Copy feature to lighten or darken the copies. (See Select the
Features on page 33.)

Smears, lines, marks,

or spots appear on
copies.

If the defects are on the original, use Darkness in Copy feature to lighten the
background of your copies. (See Select the Features on page 33.)
If there are no defects on the original, clean the scanner unit. (See Internal Areas
on page 188.)
If the defect occurs when using the automatic document feeder, clean the CVT
glass using a lint-free cloth. (See Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport
(CVT) Glass on page 187.)

Copy image is
skewed.

Ensure that the original is face down on the document glass and not skewed.
Ensure that the original is face up in the automatic document feeder and just
touching the guides.
Check that the copy paper is loaded correctly. (See Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper
Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)
Check that the paper is within specification. (See Media Specifications on
page 227.)

Blank copies.

Ensure that the original is face down on the document glass or face up in the
automatic document feeder.

Image rubs off the

copy easily.

Replace the paper in the tray with paper from a new package.
In high humidity areas, do not leave paper in the machine for extended periods of
time.
Check that the paper is within specification. (See Media Specifications on
page 227.)

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

219

Troubleshooting

Condition

Suggested Solutions

Frequent copy paper

jams occur.

Fan the stack of paper, then turn it over in the tray. Replace the paper in the tray
with a fresh supply. Check/adjust the paper guides, if necessary.
Ensure that the paper is the proper paper weight.
Check for copy paper or pieces of copy paper remaining in the machine after a
paper jam has been cleared.

Print cartridge
produces fewer
copies than
expected before
running out of toner.

Your originals may contain pictures, solids, or heavy lines. For example, your
originals may be forms, newsletters, books, or other documents that use more
toner.
The automatic document feeder may be left open while copies are being made.
Turn the machine off and back on.

Scanning Problems

Condition

Suggested Solutions

The scanner does not

work.

Make sure that you place the original to be scanned face down on the document
glass, or face up in the automatic document feeder.
There may not be enough available memory to hold the document you want to
scan.
Check that the machine cable is connected properly.
Make sure that the machine cable is not defective. Switch the cable with a known
good cable. If necessary, replace the cable.
Check that the scanner is configured correctly. Check scan setting in the Xerox
Scan Assistant or the application you want to use to make certain that the
scanner job is being sent to the correct port (for example, USB001).

The unit scans very

slowly.

Check if the machine is printing received data. If so, scan the document after the
received data has been printed.
Graphics are scanned more slowly than text.

The following
message appears on
your computer
screen:
Machine cant be
set to the H/W
mode you want.

There may be a copy or print job in progress. Try your job again when that job is
finished.

Port is being used

by another
program.

The selected port is currently being used. Restart your computer and try again.

Port is Disabled.

The machine cable may be improperly connected or the power may be off.

220

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Troubleshooting

Condition

Suggested Solutions

Scanner is busy
receiving or
printing data.
When the current
job is completed,
try again.

The scanner driver is not installed or the operating environment is not set up
properly.

Invalid handle.

Ensure that the machine is properly connected and the power is on, then restart
your computer.

Scanning has
failed.

The USB cable may be improperly connected or the power may be off.

Fax Problems

Condition

Suggested Solutions

The machine is not

working, there is no
display, or the
buttons are not
working.

Power off the machine and unplug the power cord. Plug the power cord back in and
then power the machine on.
Ensure that there is power being supplied to the electrical outlet.

No dial tone.

Check that the phone line is properly connected.

Check that the phone socket on the wall is working by plugging in another phone.

The numbers stored

in memory do not
dial correctly.

Make sure that the numbers are stored in memory correctly. Print an Address Book
list. (See Information Pages on page 157.)

The original does

not feed into the
machine.

Make sure that the paper is not wrinkled and you are inserting it in correctly. Check
that the original is the right size, not too thick or thin.
Make sure that the automatic document feeder is firmly closed.
The automatic document feeder rubber pad may need to be replaced. Contact a
service representative.

Faxes are not

received
automatically.

The receiving mode should be set to fax.

Make sure that there is paper in the tray.
Check to see if the display shows any error message and follow the instructions to
remedy the problem.

The machine does

not send.

Make sure that the original is loaded in the automatic document feeder or on the
document glass.
Check the fax machine you are sending to, to see if it can receive your fax.
Try the job again later, the line may have a fault or be busy.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

221

Troubleshooting

Condition

Suggested Solutions

The incoming fax

has blank spaces or
is of poor-quality.

Some of the words

on an incoming fax
are stretched.

The fax machine sending the fax had a temporary document jam.

There are lines on

the originals you
sent.

Check your scanner unit for contamination or debris and clean it. (See Cleaning the
Machine on page 186.)

The machine dials a

number, but the
connection with the
other fax machine
fails.

The other fax machine may be turned off, out of paper, or cannot answer
incoming calls. Speak with the other machine operator and ask her/him to solve
out the problem.

Faxes do not store in

memory.

There may not be enough memory space to store the fax. If the display indicating
the memory status shows, delete any faxes you no longer need from the memory,
and then try to store the fax again.
Call for service.

Blank areas appear

at the bottom of
each page or on
other pages, with a
small strip of text at
the top.

You may have chosen the wrong paper settings in the user option setting. For
details about paper settings refer to Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.

222

The fax machine sending you the fax may be faulty.

A noisy phone line can cause line errors.
Check your machine by making a copy.
The print cartridge may be empty. Replace the print cartridge. (See Replacing the
Print Cartridge on page 185.)

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Further Assistance

Further Assistance
For any additional help visit our customer web site at www.xerox.com or contact the Xerox Support
Center quoting the machine serial number.

Xerox Support Center

Locating the Serial Number

Locate the machines serial number by taking the following steps:
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Machine Information and press OK.
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Serial Number and write down your machines serial
number.
4. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.
The serial number is also located on the inside of the front door on the machine.

Printing a Machine Report

You can print the machine's information and job report.
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Information Pages and press OK.
3. To print all reports and lists, select All Pages and press OK. Press the left/right arrows to highlight
Yes at the Print? prompt and press OK.
You can use CentreWare Internet Services to print the machine's configuration report or browse the
status. Open a web browser at the networked computer and type the machine's IP address. When
CentreWare Internet Services opens, click Information > Print Information.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

223

Further Assistance

224

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Specifications

This chapter includes:

Machine Specifications on page 226
Electrical Specifications on page 229
Feature Specifications on page 230

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

225

Machine Specifications

Machine Specifications
Machine Configurations
Feature
Hardware Configuration

WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI

WorkCentre 3315DN

Processor
Duplex Automatic Document Feeder
Paper Tray 1 and Bypass Tray
Optional Paper Tray 2

Processor
Automatic Document Feeder
Paper Tray 1 and Bypass Tray
Optional Paper Tray 2

18.5 x 18 x 17.6 inches

(469 x 458 x 447 mm)

16.7 x 16.6 x 16.4 inches

(424 x 422 x 417 mm)

Machine Weight
Net (with consumables)

36.49 lbs (16.55 kg)

31.7 lbs (14.37 kg)

Access

From the front and back

Speed: Simplex

Up to 37 ppm on Letter
Up to 35 ppm on A4

Up to 33 ppm on Letter
Up to 31 ppm on A4

Speed: Duplex

Up to 18 ppm on Letter
Up to 17 ppm on A4

Up to 16 ppm on Letter
Up to 15 ppm on A4

First Copy Out Time

Less than 10 seconds from document

glass
From Power Save: 14.0 seconds

Less than 12 seconds from document

glass
From Power Save: 14.5 seconds

Warm Up Time

Cold Start: Ready to copy in 35 seconds

From Power Save: Ready to copy as fast
as 13 seconds

Cold Start: Ready to copy in 35 secs

From Power Save: Ready to copy as fast
as 13 seconds

Machine Size
(width x depth x height)

226

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Machine Specifications

Media Specifications
Paper Trays 1 and 2 (Optional)
Feature

Specification

Capacity: Paper Tray 1

250 sheets 20 lb (80 g/m) bond paper

Capacity: Paper Tray 2 (Optional)

520 sheets 20 lb (80 g/m) bond paper

Paper Weights

16 - 43 lb (60 to 163 g/m)

Paper Sizes

Length: min 8.3 - max 14 inches (210 - 356 mm)

Width: min: 4.13 max 8.5 inches (105 - 216 mm)
8.5 x 11 inches
8.5 x 14 inches
8.5 x 13 inches
ISO B5 (176 x 250mm)
JIS B5 (182 x 257mm)
Oficio
A4
A5
A6
Executive 7.25 x 10.5 inches(184.2 x 266.7mm)
Custom

Bypass Tray
Feature

Specification

Capacity

50 sheets 20 lb (80 g/m) bond paper

5 sheets transparencies
5 envelopes

Paper Weights

16 - 58 lb (60 to 220 g/m)

Paper Range

Length min 5.0 - max 14 inches (127 - 356 mm)

Width min 3.0 - max 8.5 inches (76.2 - 216 mm)

Note: The paper stack height must not exceed 0.4 inches (10 mm).

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

227

Machine Specifications

Duplex Unit
Feature

Specification

Paper Weights

16 - 32 lb (60 to 120 g/m)

Paper Sizes

A4, Letter, Oficio, Folio, Legal

Paper Types

Plain Paper, Thin, Thick, Recycled, Bond

Automatic Document Feeder

Feature

WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI

WorkCentre 3315DN

Capacity

50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m) bond

paper

50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m) bond

paper

Paper Weights

12.5 - 28 lb (50 to 120 g/m)

16 - 28 lb (60 to 120 g/m)

Paper Sizes

Width: 5.6 - 8.5 inches (142 216mm)

Length: 5.8 - 14.0 inches (148 356mm)

Width: 5.6 - 8.5 inches

(142 - 216mm)
Length: 5.8 - 14.0 inches
(148 - 356mm)

2 sided Document Scanning

Yes (Reversing)

Automatic Document Feeder

Speed (A4)

1-1: 35 ppm
1-2: 17 ppm
2-2 collated: 13 ppm

1-1: 31 ppm
1-2: 15 ppm

Output Modules
Output Tray
Feature
Capacity

228

Specification
150 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m) bond paper

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Electrical Specifications

Electrical Specifications
Feature

Specification

Frequency

50/60 Hz

Electrical Voltage

110 - 127 VAC & 220 - 240 VAC

Average Power Consumption

Power Save mode: Less than 8 Watts

Stand By mode: Less than 50 Watts

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

229

Feature Specifications

Feature Specifications
Fax Feature
Feature

Specification

Fax Transmission Speed

33.6 Kbps

Telephone Line Type

Standard public analogue switched telephone line or equivalent

Communication Standard

Super G3, IYU G3

Maximum Resolution Capability

300 x 300 dpi

Standard Fax Memory

WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI: 50MB

WorkCentre 3315DN: 5 MB

Effective Scanning Width

8.2 inches (208 mm)

Maximum Print Width

8.5 inches (216 mm)

Connection Approvals

EU/EEA: certified to TBR21

USA: approved to FCC Pt 68
Canada: approved to DOC CS-03
Other countries: certified to national PTT standards

Print Feature
Feature

Specification

Compatibility

Windows PC / MAC / Linux

Speed

35 ppm one-sided (Letter) / 33 ppm (A4)

18 ppm two-sided (Letter) / 17 ppm (A4)

Maximum Print Area

8.5 x 14 inches US Legal (216 mm x 356 mm)

Print Resolution

Up to 1200 x 1200 effective output

Yield

11000 prints
Prints from the Print Cartridge supplied with the machine:
WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI: 5000
WorkCentre 3315DN: 2300

Maximum Resolution

300 x 300 dpi

Standard Printer Memory

WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI: 512 MB

WorkCentre 3315DN: 256 MB

PDL / PCL

PCL5e, PCL6, Postscript 3, PDF1.4, Single-TIFF

230

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Feature Specifications

Scan Feature
Feature

Specification

Maximum Document Width

8.5 inches (216 mm)

Effective Scan Width

8.2 inches (208 mm)

Maximum Resolution

600 x 600 dpi

TWAIN / ISIS Compatible

TWAIN / WIA

Image Compression

MH, MMR, LZW, JPEG

Scan Mode

Mono Text, Mono Photo and True Color

Grayscale

256 levels

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

231

Feature Specifications

232

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Safety
This chapter includes:
Notices and Safety on page 234
Safety Labels and Symbols on page 235
Operational Safety Information on page 236
Basic Regulations on page 240
Copy Regulations on page 244
Fax Regulations on page 247
Material Safety Data on page 250
Product Recycling and Disposal on page 251
Energy Program Compliance on page 253
Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact Information on page 254

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

233

Notices and Safety

Please read the following instructions carefully before operating the machine. Refer to them as needed
to ensure the continued safe operation of your machine.
Your Xerox machine and supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements.
These include safety agency evaluation and certification, and compliance with electromagnetic
regulations and established environmental standards.
The safety and environment testing and performance of this machine have been verified using Xerox
materials only.
WARNING: Unauthorized alterations, which may include the addition of new functions or
connection of external machines, may impact the machine certification. Please contact your
Xerox representative for more information.

234

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Safety Labels and Symbols

All warnings and instructions marked on or supplied with the machine should be followed.
This WARNING alerts users to areas of the machine where there is the possibility of personal
injury.
This WARNING alerts users to areas of the machine where there are heated surfaces, which
should not be touched.
This WARNING alerts users not to perform unauthorized actions that may result in hazardous
light exposure.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

235

Operational Safety Information

Your Xerox machine and supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements.
These include safety agency examination, approval, and compliance with established environmental
standards. To ensure the continued safe operation of your Xerox machine, follow these safety
guidelines at all times:

Electrical Supply
This section provides important electrical supply safety information that you should read before
installing or using the device.
Read the information in the following sections:
Power Outlet Electrical Safety on page 236
Power Cord Electrical Safety on page 236
Laser Safety Information on page 237
Device Safety on page 237
Emergency Power Off on page 238
Disconnect Device on page 238

Power Outlet Electrical Safety

This device must be operated from the type of electrical supply indicated on the data plate label
located on the rear cover of the device. If you are not sure that your electrical supply meets the
requirements, please consult your local power company or a licensed electrician for advice.
The electrical supply outlet should be installed near the device and should be easily accessible.

WARNING: This device must be connected to a protective earth circuit. This device is supplied
with a plug that has a protective earth pin. This plug will only fit into an earthed electrical outlet.
This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact a licensed
electrician to replace the outlet. Always connect the device to a correctly grounded power outlet.
If in doubt, have the outlet checked by a qualified electrician. Improper connection of the
device-grounding conductor can result in electrical shock.

Power Cord Electrical Safety

236

Use only the power cord supplied with this device.

Plug the power cord directly into a grounded electrical outlet. Do not use an extension cord. If you
do not know whether or not an outlet is grounded, consult a qualified electrician.
Do not place this device where people might step on or trip on the power cord.
Do not place objects on the power cord.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Operational Safety Information

Laser Safety Information

WARNING: Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified
herein may result in hazardous light exposure.
With specific regard to laser safety, the device complies with performance standards for laser products
set by government, national and international agencies as a Class 1 laser product. It does not emit
hazardous light, as the beam is totally enclosed during all phases of customer operation and
maintenance.

Device Safety
This device has been designed to provide operator access to safe areas only. Operator access to
hazardous areas is restricted using covers or guards, which require a tool to enable removal. Never
remove the covers or guards that protect hazardous areas.
Device Safety - Do These
Always follow all warnings and instructions that are marked on or supplied with the device.
Before cleaning this device, unplug the device from the electrical outlet. Always use materials
specifically designated for this device, the use of other materials may result in poor performance
and create a hazardous situation.
Always exercise care when moving or relocating the device. Please contact your local Xerox dealer
to arrange relocation of the device to a ___location outside of your building.
Always locate the device on a solid support surface (not on plush carpet) that has adequate
strength to support the weight of the machine.
Always locate the device in an area that has adequate ventilation and room for servicing.
Always unplug this device from the electrical outlet before cleaning.
Note: Your Xerox device is equipped with an energy saving function to conserve power when the
device is not in use. The device may be left on continuously.
Device Safety - Do Not Do These
WARNING: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or flammable when
used on electromechanical equipment.

Never use a ground adapter plug to connect the device to a power outlet that lacks a ground
connection terminal.
Never attempt any maintenance function that is not specifically described in this documentation.
Never obstruct ventilation openings. They are provided to prevent overheating.
Never remove covers or guards that are fastened with screws. There are no operator serviceable
areas within these covers.
Never locate the machine near a radiator or any other heat source.
Never push objects of any kind into the ventilation openings.
Never override or cheat any of the electrical or mechanical interlock devices.
Never place this device where people might step on or trip on the power cord.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

237

Operational Safety Information

This device should not be placed in a room unless proper ventilation is provided.

Please contact your local Authorized dealer for further information.

Emergency Power Off

If any of the following conditions occur, turn off the device immediately and disconnect the power
cable(s) from the electrical outlet(s). Contact an authorized Xerox Service Representative to correct the
problem:
The device emits unusual odors or makes unusual noises.
The power cable is damaged or frayed.
A wall panel circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device has been tripped.
Liquid is spilled into the machine.
The machine is exposed to water or another liquid
Any part of the device is damaged.

Disconnect Device
The power cable is the disconnect device for this device. It is attached to the back of the machine as a
plug-in device. To remove all electrical power from the device, disconnect the power cable from the
electrical outlet.

Ozone Safety Information

This device will produce ozone during normal operation. The ozone produced is heavier than air and is
dependent on copy volume. Providing the correct environmental parameters as specified in the Xerox
installation procedure will ensure that the concentration levels meet safe limits.
If you need additional information about ozone, please request the Xerox publication Ozone by calling
1-800-828-6571 in the United States and Canada. In other markets please contact your authorized
local dealer or Service Provider.

Maintenance Information
WARNING: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or flammable when
used on electromechanical equipment.

238

Any operator device maintenance procedures will be described in the user documentation
supplied with the device.
Do not carry out any maintenance on this device which is not described in the customer
documentation.
Use supplies and cleaning materials only as directed in the user documentation.
Do not remove covers or guards that are fastened with screws. There are no parts behind these
covers that you can maintain or service.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Operational Safety Information

Consumables Information

Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on the package or container.
Keep all consumables away from the reach of children.
Never throw toner, print cartridges or toner containers into an open flame.

Product Safety Certification

This device is certified by the following Agency using the Safety standards listed.

Agency

Standard

Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

UL60950-1 2nd Edition (USA/Canada)

IEC/EN60950-1 2nd Edition

This device has been manufactured under a registered ISO9001 Quality system.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

239

Basic Regulations

Basic Regulations
Xerox has tested this device to electromagnetic emission and immunity standards. These standards are
designed to mitigate interference caused or received by this device in a typical office environment.

United States (FCC Regulations)

This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to
Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a commercial environment. This device generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency
energy. If it is not installed and used in accordance with these instructions, it may cause harmful
interference to radio communications. Operation of this device in a residential area is likely to cause
harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his/her own
expense.
If this device does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined
by turning the device off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or
more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiver.
Increase the separation between the device and receiver.
Connect the device into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.
Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by Xerox could void the user's authority to
operate the device. To ensure compliance with Part 15 of the FCC rules, use shielded interface cables.

Regulatory information for 2.4 Ghz Wireless LAN Module

This product contains a 2.4 Ghz Wireless LAN radio transmitter module which complies with the
requirements specified in FCC Part 15, Industry Canada RSS-210 and European Council Directive
99/5/EC.
Operation of this device is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications to this device not specifically approved by the Xerox Corporation may void
the user's authority to operate this equipment.

Canada (Regulations)
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numrique de la classe A est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

240

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Basic Regulations

European Union
WARNING: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this device may cause radio
interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
The CE mark applied to this device symbolizes Xeroxs declaration of conformity with the
following applicable Directives of the European Union as of the dates indicated:

December 12, 2006: Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC. Approximation of the laws of the
member states related to low voltage equipment.
December 15, 2004: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004/108/EC. Approximation of the
laws of the member states related to electromagnetic compatibility.
March 9, 1999: Radio & Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 1999/5/EC.

This device, if used properly in accordance with the user's instructions, is neither dangerous for the
consumer nor for the environment.
To ensure compliance with European Union regulations, use shielded interface cables.
A signed copy of the Declaration of Conformity for this device can be obtained from Xerox.

European Union Lot 4 Imaging Equipment Agreement Environmental

Information
Environmental Information Providing Environmental Solutions and Reducing Cost
Introduction
The following information has been developed to assist users and has been issued in relation to the
European Union (EU) Energy Related Products Directive, specifically the Lot 4 study on Imaging
Equipment. This requires manufacturers to improve environmental performance of in scope products
and supports the EU action plan on energy efficiency.
In scope products are Household and Office equipment that meet the following criteria.
Standard monochrome format products with a maximum speed less than 66 A4 images per
minute
Standard color format products with a maximum speed less than 51 A4 images per minute
Environmental Benefits of Duplex Printing
Most Xerox products have duplex printing, also known as 2-sided printing, capability. This enables you
to print on both sides of the paper automatically, and therefore helps to reduce the use of valuable
resources by reducing your paper consumption. The Lot 4 Imaging Equipment agreement requires that
on models greater than or equal to 40 ppm color or greater than or equal to 45 ppm monochrome the
duplex function has been auto enabled, during the setup and driver installation. Some Xerox models
below these speed bands may also be enabled with 2-sided printing settings defaulted on at the time
of install. Continuing to use the duplex function will reduce the environmental impact of your work.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

241

Basic Regulations

However, should you require simplex/1-sided printing, you may change the print settings in the printer
driver.
Paper Types
This product can be used to print an both recycled and virgin paper, approved to an environmental
stewardship scheme, which complies with EN1 2281 or a similar quality standard. Lighter weight paper
(60 g/m2), which contains less raw material and thus save resources per print, may be used in certain
applications. We encourage you to check if this is suitable for your printing needs.

242

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Basic Regulations

ENERGY STAR
Power Consumption and Activation Time
The amount of electricity a product consumes depends an the way the device is used. This product is
designed and configured to enable you to reduce your electricity costs. After the last print it switches to
Ready mode. In this mode it can print again immediately if required. If the product is not used for a
period of time, the device switches to a Power Save Mode. In these modes, only essential functions
remain active in order to enable reduced product power consumption.
Upon exiting from Power Save Mode, the first print will take slightly longer than in Ready mode. This
delay is the result of the system "waking up" from Power Save mode and is typical of most imaging
products on the market.
If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save
Mode, please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer
period of time or not at all.
To learn more about Xerox participation in sustainability initiatives, please visit our website at:
www.xerox.com/about-xerox/environment/enus.html

Germany
Blendschutz
Das Gert ist nicht fr die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz
vorgesehen. Um strende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt
nicht im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.

Larmemission
Maschinenlrminformatians-Verordnung3 . GPSGV: Der hchste Schalldruckpegel betrgt 70 dB(A)
oder weniger gem EN I S 0 7779.

Importeur
Deutschland
Xerox GmbH
Hellersbergstrae 2-4
41460 Neuss

Turkey RoHS Regulation

In compliance with Article 7 (d). We hereby certify:
"It is compliant with the EEE Regulation."
"EEE ynetmeliine uygundur"

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

243

Copy Regulations

Copy Regulations
United States
Congress, by statute, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain
circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such
reproductions.
1. Obligations or Securities of the United States Government, such as:
Certificates of Indebtedness
National Bank Currency
Coupons from Bonds
Federal Reserve Bank Notes
Silver Certificates
Gold Certificates
United States Bonds
Treasury Notes
Federal Reserve Notes
Fractional Notes
Certificates of Deposit
Paper Money
Bonds and Obligations of certain agencies of the government, such as FHA, etc.
Bonds (U.S. Savings Bonds may be photographed only for publicity purposes in connection
with the campaign for the sale of such bonds.)
Internal Revenue Stamps. If it is necessary to reproduce a legal document on which there is a
canceled revenue stamp, this may be done provided the reproduction of the document is
performed for lawful purposes.
Postage Stamps, canceled or uncanceled. For philatelic purposes, Postage Stamps may be
photographed, provided the reproduction is in black and white and is less than 75% or more
than 150% of the linear dimensions of the original.
Postal Money Orders.
Bills, Checks, or Draft of money drawn by or upon authorized officers of the United States.
Stamps and other representatives of value, of whatever denomination, which have been or
may be issued under any Act of Congress.
2. Adjusted Compensation Certificates for Veterans of the World Wars.
3. Obligations or Securities of any Foreign Government, Bank, or Corporation.
4. Copyrighted materials, unless permission of the copyright owner has been obtained or the
reproduction falls within the fair use or library reproduction rights provisions of the copyright
law.
Further information of these provisions may be obtained from the Copyright Office, Library of
Congress, Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for Circular R21.5.
5. Certificate of Citizenship or Naturalization. Foreign Naturalization Certificates may be
photographed.
244

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Copy Regulations

6.
7.
8.
9.

Passports. Foreign Passports may be photographed.

Immigration papers.
Draft Registration Cards.
Selective Service Induction papers that bear any of the following Registrants information:
Earnings or Income
Court Record
Physical or mental condition
Dependency Status
Previous military service
Exception: United States military discharge certificates may be photographed.
10. Badges, Identification Cards, Passes, or Insignia carried by military personnel, or by members of
the various Federal Departments, such as FBI, Treasure, etc. (Unless photograph is ordered by the
head of such department or bureau.)
Reproducing the following is also prohibited in certain states:
Automobile Licenses
Drivers Licenses
Automobile Certificates of Title
The above list is not all inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of
doubt, consult your attorney.

Canada
This device has been tested to and is compliant with CS03 Issue 9 Amendments 1, 2, and 3.
Parliament, by stature, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain
circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such
reproductions.
1. Current bank notes or current paper money.
2. Obligations or securities of a government or bank.
3. Exchequer bill paper or revenue paper.
4. The public seal of Canada or of a province, or the seal of a public body or authority in Canada, or
of a court of law.
5. Proclamations, orders, regulations or appointments, or notices thereof (with intent to falsely cause
same to purport to have been printed by the Queens Printer for Canada, or the equivalent printer
for a province).
6. Marks, brands, seals, wrappers or designs used by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of
a province, the government of a state other than Canada or a department, board, Commission or
agency established by the Government of Canada or of a province or of a government of a state
other than Canada.
7. Impressed or adhesive stamps used for the purpose of revenue by the Government of Canada or
of a province or by the government of a state other than Canada.
8. Documents, registers or records kept by public officials charged with the duty of making or issuing
certified copies thereof, where the copy falsely purports to be a certified copy thereof.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

245

Copy Regulations

Copyrighted material or trademarks of any manner or kind without the consent of the copyright
or trademark owner.

The above list is provided for your convenience and assistance, but it is not all-inclusive, and no liability
is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, consult your solicitor.

Other Countries
Copying certain documents may be illegal in your country. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be
imposed on those found guilty of making such reproductions:
Currency notes
Bank notes and cheques
Bank and government bonds and securities
Passports and identification cards
Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner
Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments
This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of
doubt, contact your legal counsel.

246

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Regulations

Fax Regulations
United States
This device has been tested to and is compliant with FCC part 68, TIA-968-A and TIA-968-B.

Fax Send Header Requirements

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or
other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly
contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other
individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,
other entity or individual. The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other
number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges. In order to program this
information into your machine, refer to Machine Settings on page 170 for instructions.

Data Coupler Information

This device complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the Administrative
Council for Terminal Attachments (ACTA). On the cover of this device is a label that contains, among
other information, a device identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number
must be provided to the Telephone Company. A plug and jack used to connect this device to the
premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and
requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this
device. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See
installation instructions for details.
You may safely connect the machine to the following standard modular jack: USOC RJ-11C using the
compliant telephone line cord (with modular plugs) provided with the installation kit. See installation
instructions for details. To order the correct service from the local telephone company, you may also
have to quote the codes listed below:
Facility Interface Code (FIC) = 02LS2
Service Order Code (SOC) = 9.0Y
WARNING: Ask your local telephone company for the modular jack type installed on your line.
Connecting this machine to an unauthorized jack can damage telephone company equipment.
You assume all responsibility and/or liability for any damage caused by the connection of this
machine to an unauthorized jack.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that may be
connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing
in response to an incoming call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0).
To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total
RENs, contact the local Telephone Company. The REN for this device is part of the device identifier that
has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point
(e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3).
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

247

Fax Regulations

If this Xerox device causes harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company will notify you in
advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But if advance notice is not
practical, the Telephone Company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised
of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.
The Telephone Company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that
could affect the operation of the device. If this happens, the Telephone Company will provide advance
notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.
If trouble is experienced with this Xerox device, for repair or warranty information, please contact the
appropriate service center; details of which are displayed either on the machine or contained within
the User Guide. If the device is causing harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company may
request that you disconnect the device until the problem is resolved.
Repairs to the machine should be made only by a Xerox Service Representative or an authorized Xerox
Service provider. This applies at any time during or after the service warranty period. If unauthorized
repair is performed, the remainder of the warranty period is null and void.
This device must not be used on party lines. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs.
Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission or corporation commission for
information.
If your office has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, make sure that the
installation of this Xerox device does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about
what will disable alarm equipment, consult your Telephone Company or a qualified installer.

Canada
This device has been tested to and is compliant with CS03 Issue 9 Amendments 1, 2, and 3.
This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications.
Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier.
Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this device, or device malfunctions, may give the
telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the device.
Users should make sure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power
utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe systems, if present, are connected together.
This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.
CAUTION: Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact
the appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the
maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on
an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum
of the Ringer Equivalent Numbers of all of the devices does not exceed 5. For the Canadian REN value,
please see the label on the device.

248

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Fax Regulations

Europe
Radio Equipment & Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive
The Facsimile has been approved in accordance with the Council Decision 1999/5/EC for pan-European
single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However, due to
differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of
itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network terminal point.
In the event of a problem you should contact your authorized local dealer in the first instance.
This device has been tested to and is compliant with ES203 021-1, 2 and 3 and is compliant with
R&TTE 1999/5/EC., a specification for terminal equipment for use on analogue-switched telephone
networks in the European Economic Area. Country codes should be set prior to connecting this device
to the network.
Note: Although this device can use either loop disconnect (pulse) or DTMF (tone) signaling, it is
recommended that it is set to use DTMF signaling. DTMF signaling provides reliable and faster call
setup. Modification of this device, connection to external control software or to external control
apparatus not authorized by Xerox, will invalidate its certification.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

249

Material Safety Data

For Material Safety Data information regarding your printer, go to:
North America: www.xerox.com/msds
European Union: www.xerox.com/environment_europe
For the Customer Support Center phone numbers, go to www.xerox.com/office/worldcontacts

250

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Product Recycling and Disposal

USA & Canada
Xerox operates a worldwide equipment take back and reuse/recycle program. Contact your Xerox sales
representative (1-800-ASK-XEROX) to determine whether this Xerox device is part of the program. For
more information about Xerox environmental programs, visit www.xerox.com/environment.html.
If you are managing the disposal of your Xerox device, please note that the device may contain lead,
mercury, Perchlorate, and other materials whose disposal may be regulated due to environmental
considerations. The presence of these materials is fully consistent with global regulations applicable at
the time that the device was placed on the market. For recycling and disposal information, contact
your local authorities. In the United States, you may also refer to the Electronic Industries Alliance web
site: http://www.eiae.org/.

European Union
WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC
Product Recycling and Disposal (EU Professional/Business Environment)
Application of this symbol on your equipment is confirmation that you must dispose of this
equipment in compliance with agreed national procedures. In accordance with European
legislation, end of life electrical and electronic equipment subject to disposal must be
managed within agreed procedures.
(EU Battery Directive)
These symbols on the products, and/or accompanying documents mean that used
electrical and electronic products and batteries should not be mixed with general
household waste.
For proper treatment, recovery and recycling of old products and used batteries, please take them to
applicable collection points, in accordance with your national legislation and the Directive 2002/96/EC
and 2006/66/EC.
By disposing of these products and batteries correctly, you will help to save valuable resources and
prevent any potential negative effects on human health and the environment which could otherwise
arise from inappropriate waste handling.
For more information about collection and recycling of old products and batteries, please contact your
local municipality, your waste disposal service or the point of sale where you purchased the items.
Penalties may be applicable for incorrect disposal of this waste, in accordance with national legislation.
For Business Users in the European Union
If you wish to discard electrical and electronic equipment, please contact your dealer or supplier for
further information.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

251

Product Recycling and Disposal

Information on disposal in other countries outside the European Union

These symbols are only valid in the European Union. If you wish to discard these items, please contact
your local authorities or dealer and ask for the correct method of disposal.
Note for the Battery Symbol
This wheeled bin symbol may be used in combination with a chemical symbol. This
establishes compliance with the requirements set out by the Directive.

252

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Energy Program Compliance

All Markets
ENERGY STAR
The ENERGY STAR program is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of
energy efficient models, which help to reduce environmental impact. Details on the ENERGY STAR
program and models qualified to ENERGY STAR can be found at the following website:
www.energystar.gov/index.cfm?fuseaction=find_a_product.showProductGroup&pgw_code=IEQ
As an ENERGY STAR partner, Xerox Corporation has determined that this device meets the ENERGY
STAR guidelines for energy efficiency.
The ENERGY STAR and ENERGY STAR MARK are registered United States trademarks.
The ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program is a team effort between U.S., European
Union and Japanese governments and the office equipment industry to promote
energy-efficient copiers, printers, fax, multifunction machines, personal computers, and
monitors. Reducing device energy consumption helps combat smog, acid rain and
long-term changes to the climate by decreasing the emissions that result from
generating electricity.
Xerox ENERGY STAR equipment is preset at the factory, to switch to Power Save Mode after a preset
time following the last copy/print out. The default time set for the Xerox WorkCentre
3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI is 30 minutes. A more detailed description of this feature can be found in
the User Guide. Refer to Machine Settings on page 170 for instructions on how to change the Power
Save setting.

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

253

Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact Information

Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact

Information
For more information on Environment, Health, and Safety in relation to this Xerox device and supplies,
please contact the following customer help lines:
USA: 1-800 828-6571
Canada: 1-800 828-6571
Europe: +44 1707 353 434
Device safety information is also available on the Xerox website:
www.xerox.com/about-xerox/environment

254

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Index
Numerics
2 Sided
Copying, 33
Printing, 118
2 sided Printing, 105
2 Up, 4 Up, 37, 39

A
Accessing the Setup Options, 154
Add Page, 79
Add Pages to a Delayed Fax, 81
Address Book, 13, 70, 76, 86, 138
Create a Group Address using Internet
Services, 139
Create New entries, 138
Delete a Group, 140
Delete a Group Dial entry, 140
Delete an entry, 88
Delete an Individual Address, 138
Group Dial Numbers, 87
Printing, 70, 89
Searching, 70
Speed Dial Numbers, 86
Administrator Password, 154
Advanced Tab, 108
Alphanumeric Keys, 13
Alphanumeric keys, 13
Altitude Adjustment, 171
Answering Machine, 91
Auto Center, 38
Auto Report, 169
Auto Tray Switch, 172
Automatic Document Feeder, 32, 47, 64, 74
Jams, 192
Specifications, 228

B
Back button, 13
Background Suppression, 37
Basic Regulations, 240
Basic Tab, 103

Billing Counters, 26, 155

Book Center, 38
Book Copy, 37, 40
Booklet Creation, 37, 41
Border Erase, 38
Broadcast Send, 79
Buttons, 12
Bypass Tray, 8, 145, 197
Extension, 8
Width Guides, 8

C
Calling for Service, 30, 223
Canada (Regulations), 240
Cancel button, 13
Cancel Job, 79
Canceling a Delayed Fax, 81
Care, 183
Caring for your Machine, 184
CentreWare Internet Services, 131
File Download, 137
Home Page, 132
Jobs, 134
Print, 137
Properties, 141
Status, 133
Support, 142
Changing Printer Settings, 117
Characters, 14
Checking the Supplies Life, 186
Cleaning
Control Panel, 187
CVT Glass, 187
Document Feeder, 187
Document Glass, 187
Internal Areas, 188
Output Tray, 187
Cleaning Tasks, 29
Cleaning the Machine, 186
Clear All button, 12, 13
Clear Settings, 176
Clock Mode, 170
Clone Copy, 37, 42
Common Problems
Linux, 212
Macintosh, 214
PostScript, 210
Windows, 211
Configuration
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

255

Report, 25
Configuration Page, 171
Confirming a Fax, 77
Constant Velocity Transport Glass, 187
Consumables Safety Information, 239
Contrast, 37, 54, 69
Fax, 78
Control Board Cover, 8
Control Panel, 8, 12, 187
Copy, 31
2 Up, 4 Up, 39
Background Suppression, 37
Book Copy, 40
Booklet Creation, 41
Border Erase, 38
Clone Copy, 42
Contrast, 37
Edge Erase, 38
ID Card, 39
Layout, 37
Lighten/Darken, 36
Margin Shift, 38
Original Size, 36
Original Type, 37
Poster Copy, 41
Reduce/Enlarge, 36
Small Original, 38
Copy Defaults, 27, 159
Copy features, 33
Copy Job Status, 35
Copy Options, 36
Copy Procedure, 32
Copy Regulations, 244
Copying Problems, 219
Counter, 26, 155
Create a Group, 139
Customer Replaceable Consumable, 29, 184
Print Cartridge, 185
Storage and Handling, 184
CVT Glass, 29

D
Date & Time, 170
Deactivate Secure Receive, 85
Deactivating Fax Forward, 84
Default Paper Size, 171
Defaults
Clear Settings, 176
Copy, 27, 159
256

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

E-mail, 27, 163

Fax Setup, 27
Machine Settings, 170
Maintenance, 176
Network Settings, 28, 179
Paper Settings, 173
Scan, 27, 161
Sound Settings, 175
System Setup, 28, 170
Delay Send, 79, 80
Delayed Fax
Add Page, 79
Cancelling a Job, 81
Delete a Group Dial, 140
Deleting an Address Book Entry, 88
Deleting an Image File, 129
Device Safety, 237
Document Feeder, 22, 32, 47, 64, 74, 187, 228
Cover, 8
Input Tray, 8
Jams, 192
Output Tray, 8
Width Guides, 8
Document Feeder Specifications, 228
Document Glass, 8, 22, 32, 47, 64, 74, 187
Cleaning, 29
Cover, 8
Document Loading, 22, 32, 47, 64, 74
Double Sided Printing, 105
DRPD Mode, 91, 168
Duplex Unit, 9

E
Earth Smart Settings, 172
Earth Smart Tab, 111
Edge Erase, 38
Editing a Group Dial Number, 87
Electrical Specifications, 229
Electrical Supply, 236
Electrical Voltage, 229
E-mail, 63
Address Book, 70
Contrast, 69
File Format, 69
Lighten/Darken, 69
Original Size, 68
Original Type, 68
Output Color, 68
Printing the Address Book, 70

Resolution, 68
Searching the Address Book, 70
Send, 66
Smart Key Addresses, 71
Stop, 67
E-mail Address, 65
E-mail Defaults, 27, 163
E-mail Job Status, 67
E-mail Options, 68
E-mail Procedure, 64
E-mailing, 64
Energy Program Compliance, 253
ENERGY STAR, 253
Enter the E-mail Address, 65
Enter the Fax Number, 76
Enter the Quantity, 34
Entering Characters, 14
Envelope Mode, 146
Error Messages, 200
European Union Regulations, 241
Extension Telephone Socket, 9

F
Fault Messages, 200
Faults, 190
Bypass Tray, 197
Copying, 219
Document Feeder, 192
Error Messages, 200
Fax, 221
Inside the Machine, 198
Linux, 212
Macintosh, 214
Output Area, 198
Paper Feeding, 205
Paper Jams, 194
PostScript Problems, 210
Print Quality, 215
Printing, 207
Scanning, 220
Tray 1, 196
Tray 2, 196
Windows Printing, 211
Fax, 73, 74
Add Page, 79
Address Book, 76, 86
Answering Machine, 91
Cancel a Job in Memory, 79
Confirmation, 77

Contrast, 78
Deactivate Secure Receive, 85
Deactivating Fax Forward, 84
Delay Send, 79, 80
Delete Address Book Entry, 88
DRPD mode, 91
Editing a Group Dial Number, 87
Enter the Number, 76
Fax Forward, 79
Forward, 83
Group Dial, 87
Group Dial Numbers, 88
Job Status, 77
Keypad Dial, 76
Lighten/Darken, 78
Manual Dial, 76
Multi Send, 79, 80
Original Size, 79
Pause / Redial, 76
Print Address Book, 89
Printing Secure Faxes, 85
Priority Send, 79, 82
Problems, 221
Receiving, 91
Receiving Faxes in Memory, 92
Redial, 76
Registering a Group Dial Number, 87
Resolution, 78
Secure Receive, 79, 85
Secure Receive Activation, 85
Send, 76
Send Options, 80
Setup, 166
Speed Dial, 76, 86
Fax Auto Report, 169
Fax Forward, 83
Fax From PC, 90
Fax Number, 76
Fax Options, 78
Fax Procedure, 74
Fax Receiving Setups, 167
Fax Regulations, 247
Canada, 248
Europe, 249
United States, 247
Fax Sending Setups, 166
Fax Setup, 27
Fax Setups
Auto Report, 169
Fax Specifications, 230
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

257

Connection Approvals, 230

Resolution Capability, 230
Telephone Line Type, 230
Transmission Speed, 230
FCC Regulations, 240
Feature Defaults, 159
Feature Selection
Copy, 33
Feature Specifications, 230
File Download, CentreWare Internet
Services, 137
File Format, 54, 69
Font/Text, 107
Formatting a USB Memory Device, 129
Forward, 79
Forwarding Received Faxes, 83
Forwarding Sent Faxes, 83
Front Cover, 8
FTP, 45
Further Assistance, 30, 223

G
General Care, 184
General Care and Troubleshooting, 183
Getting Started, 7
Graphics Tab, 107
Group Address
Delete, 140
Group Dial, 87
Delete, 140
Registering a Group Dial Number, 87

H
Handle, 8
Health & Safety Contact Information, 254
Help, 30, 223
Home Page, CentreWare Internet Services, 132

I
ID Card Copy, 37, 39
IEEE 1284 Parallel Connector (Optional), 9
Image Manager, 61
Information, 25
Information Pages, 25, 157
Inserting a Pause, 14
Inserting the USB Memory Device, 126
Inside the Machine, 198

258

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Install Printer Software, 94

Internal Areas, 188
Internet Services, 131
Create a Group Address in the Address
Book, 139
File Download, 137
Home Page, 132
Jobs, 134
Print, 137
Properties, 141
Status, 133
Interrupt button, 13
Interrupt Printing button, 12

J
Job Interrupt, 35
Job Status
Copy, 35
E-mail, 67
Fax, 77
Scan, 51
Job Status button, 12
Job Timeout, 171
Job Type Settings
Linux, 60
Jobs, CentreWare Internet Services, 134

K
Keypad, 12, 13
Keypad Characters, 14
Keypad Dial, 76

L
Language, 170
Layout, 37
Layout Options, 104
Lighten/Darken, 36, 54, 69, 78
Linux, 60
Image Manager, 61
Printer Properties, 120
Linux Printing, 120
Linux Problems, 212
Linux Scanning, 60
Loading Documents, 22, 32, 47, 64, 74
Loading Paper, 18, 143, 144
Bypass Tray, 145
Envelopes, 146

Media Specifications, 150

Media Types, 151
Paper Size and Type, 148
Paper Trays 1 and 2, 144
Loading the Paper Trays, 144
Local Printer, 94
Local Scanning, 45, 47
Locating the Serial Number, 223

M
Machine Cleaning, 29, 186
Machine components, 10
Machine Configurations, 226
Accessibility, 226
First Copy Out Time, 226
Hardware, 226
Machine Size, 226
Machine Weight, 226
Speed, 226
Warm Up Time, 226
Machine Fax No., 170
Machine ID, 170
Machine Information, 25
Machine Overview, 8
Machine Parts, 8
Machine Power, 11
Machine Report, 223
Machine Serial Number, 184, 223
Machine Settings, 170
Machine Specifications, 225, 226
Machine Status, 25
Serial Number, 184
Machine Status and Setups, 153
Machine Status button, 12
Machine Status Menu, 154
Macintosh, 58
2 Sided, 118
Layout, 117
N-up Printing, 118
Scanning from a Network Machine, 58
Scanning with USB Connection, 58
Toner Save Mode, 118
Macintosh Printing
Features, 118
Graphics, 117
Paper, 118
Resolution, 117
Macintosh Problems, 214
Maintenance, 176, 184, 238

Maintenance Safety Information, 238

Making Copies, 31, 32
Managing USB Memory, 129
Manual Dial, 76
Manual Dial + .com, 13
Manual Receive, 91
Margin Shift, 38
Material Safety Data, 250
Media, 143
Media Output Locations, 23
Media Specifications, 150, 227
Media Types, 151
Menu Overview, 15
Messages, 200
Meter Reading, 26, 155
Methods of Scanning, 46
Metric Defaults, 170
Moving the Machine, 189
Multi Send, 79, 80

N
Network Port, 9
Network Scanning, 45, 47
Network Settings, 28, 179
Networked Printer, 96
Number of Copies, 34
Number of Prints, 26, 105, 155
Numeric Keys, 13
Numeric keys, 13
N-up printing, 118

O
OK button, 12
On/Off, 11
Operational Safety, 233
Operational Safety Information, 236
Optional Tray 2, 196
Options
Copy, 36
E-mail, 68
Scan, 53
Orientation, 104
Original Size, 36, 53, 68, 79
Original Type, 37, 53, 68
Originals, 22, 32, 47, 64, 74
Output Area, 198
Output Color, 53, 68
Output Module Specifications, 228

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

259

Output Options, 111

Output Tray, 8, 23, 43, 187
Output Tray Support, 8
Overlay, 110
Overview
Scanning, 46
Overview of your Machine, 8

P
Paper and Media, 143
Paper Curls, 194
Paper Feeding Problems, 205
Paper Jams, 194, 195
Avoiding Paper Curls, 194
Paper Level Indicator, 8
Paper Loading, 18, 144
Bypass Tray, 145
Envelopes, 146
Media Specifications, 150
Media Types, 151
Paper Size and Type, 148
Paper Trays 1 and 2, 144
Preparation, 144
Paper Options, 105
Paper Settings, 173
Paper Size and Type, 148
Paper Supply
Copying, 33
Paper Supply Specifications
Bypass Tray, 227
Trays 1 & 2, 227
Paper Tab, 105
Paper Tray 1, 8
Paper Tray 2 (Optional), 8
Paper Tray Rear Cover, 9
Paper Trays, 143
Password, 154
Pause, 14
Pause / Redial, 76
Pause / Redial button, 13
Poster Copy, 37, 41
Power Consumption, 229
Power On/Off, 11
Power Outlet Electrical Safety, 236
Power Save, 171
Power Saver button, 13
Power Switch, 9
Preparing Paper for Loading, 144
Print, 93
260

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

2 sided, 105
Advanced Tab, 108
Basic Tab, 103
Earth Smart Tab, 111
Easy Printer Manager, 113
File Download, 137
Font/Text, 107
Graphics Tab, 107
Install Software, 94
Layout Options, 104
Linux, 120
Linux Printer Properties, 120
Local Printer, 94
Macintosh 2 Sided, 118
Macintosh Graphics, 117
Macintosh Layout, 117
Macintosh N-up, 118
Macintosh Printer Settings, 117
Macintosh Printing Features, 118
Macintosh Printing Paper, 118
Macintosh Printing Resolution, 117
Macintosh Toner Save, 118
Networked Printer, 96
Number of Copies, 105
Orientation, 104
Output Options, 111
Overlay, 110
Paper Options, 105
Paper Tab, 105
Print using Windows, 94
Quality, 104
Scaling Options, 106
Toner Save, 107
Unix, 122
USB Port, 128
Watermark, 109
Xerox Tab, 112
Print Cartridge, 29, 184
Storage and Handling, 184
Toner Level, 186
Print Cartridge Replacement, 185
Print Cartridge Toner Level, 186
Print Procedure, 102
Print Specifications, 230
Print, CentreWare Internet Services, 137
Printer Drivers, 16
Printer Settings
Macintosh, 117
Printer Software, 94
Printing a Machine Report, 223

Printing from USB, 125, 128

Printing Problems, 207
Printing Quality Problems, 215
Printing Reports, 25, 157, 223
Printing the Address Book, 89
Printing the Information Pages, 157
Priority Send, 79, 82
Problem Solving, 190
Problems
Bypass Tray, 197
Copying, 219
Fault Messages, 200
Fax, 221
Inside the Machine, 198
Linux, 212
Macintosh, 214
Output Area, 198
Paper Feeding, 205
PostScript, 210
Print Quality, 215
Printing, 207
Scanning, 220
Tray 1, 196
Tray 2, 196
Windows Printing, 211
Product Configurations, 10
Product Recycling and Disposal, 251
Product Safety Certification, 239
Properties,CentreWare Internet Services, 141

Q
Quality, 104
Quality Problems, 215
Quantity, 34

R
Radio Equipment & Telecommunications
Terminal Equipment Directive, 249
Rear Door, 9, 23, 24, 44
Receiving, 167
Receiving Faxes, 91
Answering Machine, 91
DRPD Mode, 91
Manual Receive, 91
Receiving Faxes in Memory, 92
Receiving Secure Faxes, 85
Redialing, 76
Reduce/Enlarge, 36

Reducing Background, 37
Regulations, 233
Canada, 240
Copy, 244
European Union, 241
Fax, 247
FCC Regulations United States, 240
Turkey RoHS Regulation, 243
United States, 240
Relocating your Machine, 189
Remote Fax Number, 76
Replaceable Consumable, 29, 184
Replacing the Print Cartridge, 185
Reports, 25, 157, 223
Resolution, 53, 68, 78

S
Safety, 233
Basic Regulations, 240
Certification, 239
Consumables, 239
Contact Information, 254
Disconnect Device, 238
Electrical Supply, 236
Emergency Power Off, 238
Ozone Information, 238
Safety Contact Information, 254
Safety Labels and Symbols, 235
Scaling Options, 106
Scan, 45
Contrast, 54
File Format, 54
Lighten/Darken, 54
Linux, 60
Macintosh, 58
Original Size, 53
Original Type, 53
Output Color, 53
Resolution, 53
Using Stop, 52
Using WIA Driver, 57
Scan Assistant, 55
Scan Defaults, 27, 161
Scan Destination
Scan to Local PC, 48
Scan to Network PC, 49
Scan to SMB, 49
Scan to USB, 48
USB, 127
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI
User Guide

261

Scan Destinations
Scan to FTP, 49
Scan Options, 53
Scan Procedure, 47
Scan Specifications, 231
Image Compression, 231
Scan to FTP, 49
Scan to Local PC, 48
Scan to Network PC, 49
Scan to SMB, 49
Scan to USB, 48
Scan Using TWAIN, 56
Scanning, 46, 47
Linux Job Type Settings, 60
Scanning Methods, 46
Scanning Problems, 220
Scanning to USB, 125, 127
Secure Fax
Printing, 85
Secure Receive, 79, 85
Activation, 85
Send Options, 80
Send Report, 25
Sending a Fax, 73, 74
Sending a Print Job, 93, 102
Sending an E-mail, 63, 64
Sending Setups, 166
Sent Report, 25
Serial Number, 184, 223
Services
Copy, 31
E-mail, 63
Fax, 73
Fax from PC, 90
Print, 93
Scan, 45
USB Port, 125
Setting Paper Size and Type, 148
Setting up DRPD Mode, 168
Settings, 170
Setup Options, 154
Setups, 153
Fax Auto Report, 169
Size of Original, 36
Small Original, 38
Smart Key Addresses, 71
SMB, 45
Software, 16
Solving Problems, 190
Sound Settings, 175
262

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Special Media, 151

Specifications, 225, 228
Bypass Tray, 227
Connection Approvals, 230
Electrical, 229
Electrical Voltage, 229
Fax, 230
Features, 230
Image Compression, 231
Machine, 226
Machine Configurations, 226
media, 227
Output Modules, 228
Power Consumption, 229
Print, 230
Resolution Capability, 230
Scan, 231
Telephone Line Type, 230
Transmission Speed, 230
Trays 1 & 2, 227
Speed Dial, 76, 86
Start
Copy, 34
E-mail, 66
Fax, 76
Scan, 51
Start button, 12, 13
Status, 25
Status Information, 153
Status Menu, 154
Status, CentreWare Internet Services, 133
Stop
E-mail, 67
Stop button, 12, 13
Stop the Job, 52
Copy, 35
Fax, 77
Support, CentreWare Internet Services, 142
System Setup, 28, 170
System Timeout, 171

T
Technical Specifications, 225
Telephone Line Socket, 9
Tips for Avoiding Paper Curls, 194
Tips for Avoiding Paper Jams, 195
Toner Level, 25, 186
Toner Replacement, 29, 184
Toner Save, 107, 172

Toner Save Mode, 118

Total Impressions, 26, 155
Tray 1, 196
Troubleshooting, 183, 190
Turkey RoHS Regulation, 243
TWAIN, 45, 56

U
United States (FCC Regulations), 240
Unix Printing, 122
USB Connection
Macintosh, 58
USB Memory Port, 8
USB Port, 125
Deleting an Image File, 129
Formatting, 129
Inserting the Device, 126
Memory Management, 129
Memory Status, 129
Print, 128
Scan, 127
Using Group Dial Numbers, 88
Using Stop, 35, 67, 77
Using the Bypass Tray, 145
Using the Machine, 7

V
Viewing the USB Memory Status, 129

W
Watermark, 109
WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC, 251
WIA Driver, 57
Windows
Printing, 94
Windows Problems, 211
Wireless Setting Program, 114

X
Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM), 113
Xerox Support Center, 30, 223
Xerox Tab, 112

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

263

264

Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI

User Guide

Intrusion Detection Honeypots
From Everand
Intrusion Detection Honeypots
Chris Sanders
3/5 (2)
THE LTSPICE XVII SIMULATOR: Commands and Applications
From Everand
THE LTSPICE XVII SIMULATOR: Commands and Applications
Gilles Brocard
5/5 (1)
Fixed Assets Chapter 1 in D365 F&O
No ratings yet
Fixed Assets Chapter 1 in D365 F&O
7 pages
Image Suit Service Guide
No ratings yet
Image Suit Service Guide
236 pages
Programming FPGAs: Getting Started with Verilog
From Everand
Programming FPGAs: Getting Started with Verilog
Simon Monk
3.5/5 (2)
Dvcon Us 2021 Paper Making Your Dpi C Interface A Fast River of Data Redelman
100% (1)
Dvcon Us 2021 Paper Making Your Dpi C Interface A Fast River of Data Redelman
22 pages
Xerox Workcenter 4250 - 4260 - EN - UG PDF
No ratings yet
Xerox Workcenter 4250 - 4260 - EN - UG PDF
228 pages
Xerox Work Centre 5765 Getting Started
No ratings yet
Xerox Work Centre 5765 Getting Started
328 pages
Xerox Copier User Guide PDF
No ratings yet
Xerox Copier User Guide PDF
328 pages
Xerox Phaser 3635MFP User Guide: Downloaded From Manuals Search Engine
No ratings yet
Xerox Phaser 3635MFP User Guide: Downloaded From Manuals Search Engine
228 pages
MC860 MFP User Guide
No ratings yet
MC860 MFP User Guide
180 pages
Okidata CX 2633 User Guide English
No ratings yet
Okidata CX 2633 User Guide English
180 pages
Muratec MFX-C3400 User Manual
No ratings yet
Muratec MFX-C3400 User Manual
188 pages
Xerox5775 Gettingstarted en
No ratings yet
Xerox5775 Gettingstarted en
32 pages
Dm3920 Guide - Ot4.en
No ratings yet
Dm3920 Guide - Ot4.en
143 pages
Iradv 6075 Quick en Us
No ratings yet
Iradv 6075 Quick en Us
76 pages
Canon ImageRUNNER IR3570 Remote Interface Guide
No ratings yet
Canon ImageRUNNER IR3570 Remote Interface Guide
186 pages
English AdvancedUM
No ratings yet
English AdvancedUM
153 pages
Photocopy Xerox 74XX User Guide
No ratings yet
Photocopy Xerox 74XX User Guide
266 pages
ImagePass A1/B1 RemoteUI Guide
No ratings yet
ImagePass A1/B1 RemoteUI Guide
348 pages
Gray Hat Hacking the Ethical Hacker's
From Everand
Gray Hat Hacking the Ethical Hacker's
Çağatay Şanlı
5/5 (1)
X7600i - User Guide - (EN)
No ratings yet
X7600i - User Guide - (EN)
182 pages
Epson 328459 Eu
No ratings yet
Epson 328459 Eu
456 pages
Visioneer Onetouch: User'S Guide
No ratings yet
Visioneer Onetouch: User'S Guide
76 pages
Networks Can Enig
No ratings yet
Networks Can Enig
34 pages
Xerox ColorQube 9201 - 9202) 9203 System Administrator Guide
No ratings yet
Xerox ColorQube 9201 - 9202) 9203 System Administrator Guide
328 pages
WorkCentre 3025 UG en
No ratings yet
WorkCentre 3025 UG en
254 pages
Remote UI Guide
No ratings yet
Remote UI Guide
167 pages
iR2200i_iR2800i_iR3300i Send function
No ratings yet
iR2200i_iR2800i_iR3300i Send function
302 pages
sp00-000 843 30 02 02
No ratings yet
sp00-000 843 30 02 02
112 pages
Ir1750 1740 1730 RUI en Uv R 1
No ratings yet
Ir1750 1740 1730 RUI en Uv R 1
126 pages
Xerox 7755
No ratings yet
Xerox 7755
256 pages
Ffps7 Nuvera
No ratings yet
Ffps7 Nuvera
404 pages
User's Guide: MC332dn, MC342dn, MC342dw, MC352dn, MC362dn, MC362dw, MC562dn, MC562dw, ES3452 MFP, ES5462 MFP, MPS2731mc
No ratings yet
User's Guide: MC332dn, MC342dn, MC342dw, MC352dn, MC362dn, MC362dw, MC562dn, MC562dw, ES3452 MFP, ES5462 MFP, MPS2731mc
193 pages
Wfc20590 Series
No ratings yet
Wfc20590 Series
262 pages
FMA V2 Administration Guide
No ratings yet
FMA V2 Administration Guide
174 pages
Xerox7120 User Guide
No ratings yet
Xerox7120 User Guide
234 pages
Tib BW Palette Reference
No ratings yet
Tib BW Palette Reference
790 pages
Color Advanced and Essentials V QuickStartGuide
No ratings yet
Color Advanced and Essentials V QuickStartGuide
60 pages
Ir2545i 5 System en Us
No ratings yet
Ir2545i 5 System en Us
316 pages
Remote Ui Guide
No ratings yet
Remote Ui Guide
126 pages
Ecosys m6026cdn... 6cdn Og Eng
No ratings yet
Ecosys m6026cdn... 6cdn Og Eng
579 pages
Dell 3335dn Service Manual
No ratings yet
Dell 3335dn Service Manual
306 pages
Kyocera Driver Manual
No ratings yet
Kyocera Driver Manual
127 pages
ecosys_m6026cdn
No ratings yet
ecosys_m6026cdn
579 pages
Xerox Wireless Print Solutions Adapter
No ratings yet
Xerox Wireless Print Solutions Adapter
54 pages
Send and Fax Guide
No ratings yet
Send and Fax Guide
322 pages
HP Color Laserjet 9500 Service Manual
No ratings yet
HP Color Laserjet 9500 Service Manual
536 pages
Workcentre 3025bi
No ratings yet
Workcentre 3025bi
254 pages
Backup and Restore IPC v1-6 en
No ratings yet
Backup and Restore IPC v1-6 en
40 pages
Print System Z en
No ratings yet
Print System Z en
46 pages
ImageRUNNER 5020 - 6020 Series Remote UI Guide
No ratings yet
ImageRUNNER 5020 - 6020 Series Remote UI Guide
171 pages
SecurOS Quick User Guide
No ratings yet
SecurOS Quick User Guide
110 pages
Zebra ZM400-ZM600 Maint Man
No ratings yet
Zebra ZM400-ZM600 Maint Man
470 pages
iR1750iF 5 SYSTEM en Us PDF
No ratings yet
iR1750iF 5 SYSTEM en Us PDF
320 pages
Instruction Handbook: Digital Multifunctional System
No ratings yet
Instruction Handbook: Digital Multifunctional System
229 pages
TASKalfa 2550ci OG UK
No ratings yet
TASKalfa 2550ci OG UK
531 pages
Programming the Photon: Getting Started with the Internet of Things
From Everand
Programming the Photon: Getting Started with the Internet of Things
Christopher Rush
5/5 (1)
Teardowns: Learn How Electronics Work by Taking Them Apart
From Everand
Teardowns: Learn How Electronics Work by Taking Them Apart
Bryan Bergeron
No ratings yet
Programming Arduino: Getting Started with Sketches
From Everand
Programming Arduino: Getting Started with Sketches
Simon Monk
3.5/5 (5)
CNC Machining Handbook: Building, Programming, and Implementation
From Everand
CNC Machining Handbook: Building, Programming, and Implementation
Alan Overby
No ratings yet
Software Patterns Made Easy
From Everand
Software Patterns Made Easy
Justice Nanhou
No ratings yet
Muhammad Shoaib Asad Khalid
No ratings yet
Muhammad Shoaib Asad Khalid
2 pages
Boost Behavior With Bootstrap Capacitance - An-E
No ratings yet
Boost Behavior With Bootstrap Capacitance - An-E
5 pages
Introduction of CAD
100% (1)
Introduction of CAD
6 pages
MUTHU's Resume
No ratings yet
MUTHU's Resume
1 page
LinkSys - Lgs116 / Lgs124 (English)
No ratings yet
LinkSys - Lgs116 / Lgs124 (English)
2 pages
Devops Q&a
No ratings yet
Devops Q&a
49 pages
Computers Practicals 10
No ratings yet
Computers Practicals 10
2 pages
GSM&GPRS Signal Strength Meter SWGPRS023 - User Manual
No ratings yet
GSM&GPRS Signal Strength Meter SWGPRS023 - User Manual
20 pages
Expect The Unexpected: Evidence-Based Training
No ratings yet
Expect The Unexpected: Evidence-Based Training
4 pages
Base 900: Type Specimen
No ratings yet
Base 900: Type Specimen
17 pages
Manual Do Produto PDF
No ratings yet
Manual Do Produto PDF
5 pages
A Study of Consumer Behaviour Toward Nothing Mobile
No ratings yet
A Study of Consumer Behaviour Toward Nothing Mobile
76 pages
CnMaestro On-Premises 2.3.0 Quick Start
No ratings yet
CnMaestro On-Premises 2.3.0 Quick Start
37 pages
802 Information Technology Ms
No ratings yet
802 Information Technology Ms
9 pages
BJT Differential Amplifier
100% (4)
BJT Differential Amplifier
4 pages
View Assignment
No ratings yet
View Assignment
8 pages
Hyder Khan M365
No ratings yet
Hyder Khan M365
5 pages
Online Personal Money Management: Project Proposal
No ratings yet
Online Personal Money Management: Project Proposal
4 pages
Activity 2
No ratings yet
Activity 2
28 pages
Polynomials Class 10 Important Questions Very Short Answer
No ratings yet
Polynomials Class 10 Important Questions Very Short Answer
17 pages
Ds Capsule Docs
No ratings yet
Ds Capsule Docs
2 pages
Yusof 2012 CCC
No ratings yet
Yusof 2012 CCC
6 pages
Qualys Cloud Agent Getting Started Guide
No ratings yet
Qualys Cloud Agent Getting Started Guide
36 pages
Manifest NonUFSFiles Win64
No ratings yet
Manifest NonUFSFiles Win64
2 pages
Autocad Basics Tutorial Handout
No ratings yet
Autocad Basics Tutorial Handout
12 pages
CVW Swift 800 User Manual
No ratings yet
CVW Swift 800 User Manual
13 pages
SM-G955F Tshoo 7
No ratings yet
SM-G955F Tshoo 7
60 pages
Multimedia Networking: A Note On The Use of These PPT Slides
No ratings yet
Multimedia Networking: A Note On The Use of These PPT Slides
48 pages